2012 Asean Gsdaa

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2012-asean-gsdaa 1/319

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


Singapore 1800-226 5886 | Malaysia 1800-88 7710 | Thailand 1800-345 555 | Philippines 1800-1888 3834 | Vietnam 1800 585837 | Indonesia (62) 21 2924 1911 | Other ASEAN Countries (65) 6226 5886

Page 1 of 318

Content Page ACADEMICS CATEGORY

Accurate Low Concentration Detection of Sodium Chloride for In-vitro Hypertension Monitoring with NIPCMCIA-GPIB Card and LabVIEW ........................................................................................................ 4

Best Approach in analyzing Tropical Environmental Impact for Photovoltaic performance using NIcRIO and LabVIEW ................................................................................................................................. 8

Accurate (Low ppm Concentration) Hazardous Aqueous based Chemical Radicals InterferometryDetection System .................................................................................................................................. 12

RETMOS MC – Real-time Monitoring Systems for Microelectronic Cleanroom ................................... 16

Using NI-LabVIEW & NI-USB 6008 To Monitor Flammable Gas In Air. ............................................... 20

Automated Personal Identification Based on Finger Vein .................................................................... 24

Contactless Respiration Rate Measurement Using Optical Displacement Sensor and NI LabVIEW .. 29

Enhanced Equipment Logger and Controller ........................................................................................ 34NI-DAQmx as Controller for the Novel Multi-Type Interior Permanent Magnet Motor.......................... 39

Universal Test Board for Performance Evaluation of Motor Characteristics Using NI-DAQmx andLABVIEW .............................................................................................................................................. 44

A Web Based Laboratory for Temperature Control Frequency Response Analysis ............................ 49

Wireless, Web-based, Real-time, and Internet Accessible System Platform for Monitoring and Control .............................................................................................................................................................. 54

Using LabVIEW to build Bluetooth Pulse Oximeter Monitoring System ............................................... 61

Bluetooth ECG Monitoring System Based on LABVIEW ...................................................................... 66

Mobile-Controlled Lighting System ....................................................................................................... 71

Pneumatic Stress Test Model ............................................................................................................... 76

DC Motor Controller .............................................................................................................................. 81

Fault Detection for a Rotational System with Application to Vehicle Health Monitoring ....................... 86

Omnidirectional Mobile Robot Using NIsbRIO9632xt ........................................................................... 95

Robotics 4-Point-Probe System for Thin Film Material Characterization ........................................... 103

Wireless Automatic Taekwondo Scoring System (WATSS) ............................................................... 108

Application of National Instrument (NI) Devices for System Identification of Intelligent Pneumatic

Actuator (IPA) ...................................................................................................................................... 112Making the Case for TV White Space: Using National Instruments PXI and LabVIEW for CognitiveRadio Prototyping ................................................................................................................................ 119

Development of an intelligent elderly monitoring system based on decision made by end-user ....... 126

Development of a therapeutic game for the elderly with remote monitoring by caregivers ................ 131

Functional Smart Grid Prototype using NI LabVIEW, NI DAQ Hardware and NI FPGA CompactRIO ............................................................................................................................................................ 136

An investigation of the temperature profile of soil for the incubation of turtle eggs on Perhentian Island,Malaysia. ............................................................................................................................................. 144

Development of In-shoe Pressure and Shear Measuring System ...................................................... 147

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 2 of 318

Design and implementation of flatness based two degree of freedom controller in Series Damper Actuator based on MR damper using LabVIEW ................................................................................. 152

Design and Prototype of a Stair Climbing and Cleaning Robot Using LabVIEW and LabVIEW NXTModule Product Used: ......................................................................................................................... 155

Automated Vehicle Maintenance ........................................................................................................ 163

Design and Implementation of a Universal Receiver Testbed for Single Carrier and MulticarrierSignals on NI PXIe Platforms .............................................................................................................. 167

Rapid Prototyping of a Software Platform to Assist the Development of Pediatric Gait Trainer ........ 176

Development of the Computerized Control System for Bioreactor Systems Using LabVIEW andCompactDAQ ...................................................................................................................................... 180

Integrated Circuit Parametric Test System for Engineering Education in Electronic Test Technology ............................................................................................................................................................ 183

Robot Path Tracking Control ............................................................................................................... 189

INDUSTRY CATEGORY

LEGO Vision-Based Quality Assurance Simulation ............................................................................ 198

Building Sea W ave Generator using NI PXI and LabVIEW ................................................................ 203

Product Label Print Quality Inspection System ................................................................................... 212

Lead Frame Semiconductor Package Vision Inspection System ....................................................... 218

Automated Test Station for LCD TV Production ................................................................................. 224

Test Manufaturing Traceability System Using LabVIEW .................................................................... 228

Flow Rate Measurement & Trumpet Curve Analysis System For Sterile Single-Use HypodermicSyringes For Use W ith Power-Driven Syringe Pumps Using LabVIEW ............................................. 237

Implementing WinPCap in GOOSE Application to Monitor GOOSE Messages ................................. 242

Managing Critical Asset Using NI DAQ and Historian Database Monitoring ...................................... 246

4-DUT, 2-Channel Test System Using NI PXI Configuration .............................................................. 249

Integrated Motion and Temperature Test Table for Car Sensor ......................................................... 253

Track Rail Vibration Monitoring, Measurement and Data-logging System ......................................... 257

Pneumatic Foodwaste Management System ..................................................................................... 265Multifunction Data Acquisition System for Surface Valve Testing ...................................................... 272

New Generation PCCA Tester using Standard Modular Hardware .................................................... 275

Manufacturing Plant Process E-monitoring and Reporting System .................................................... 279

Flowmeter Calibration System with Automated Reporting ................................................................. 285

Experimental System for Simulation of Ground Water Heat Exchange System ................................ 288

Gate Flow RF Signal Processing for COMINT.................................................................................... 292

High Speed Multi-Sampling Multi-Channel Recorder Solution ........................................................... 295

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 3 of 318

Second Harmonic Generation and Two Photon Microscopy System for Accurate Diagnosis of Fibrosis,Cancer and Chronic Diseases ............................................................................................................ 299

Particle Board Quality Control Using Parallel Processing of NI Smart Cameras ............................... 305

Paper less: Machine’s Data Transfer (MDT) ....................................................................................... 309

DAQ & CONTROL COLD WAREHOUSE ........................................................................................... 313

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 4 of 318

Accurate Low Concentration Detection of Sodium Chloride for In-vitro Hypertension Monitoring with NI PCMCIA-GPIB Card andLabVIEW

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s): Hee C. LIMHio Giap OOIYew Fong HOR

Products:NI LabVIEW 2011 Professional Development SystemNI 488.2 v2.73NI Measurement and Automation Explorer v5.0NI PCMCIA-GPIB Card

The Challenge:The challenge is to develop an accurate in-vitro minute concentration Sodium Chloride salinitydetection system. The aqueous detection system must be able to fulfill the real-time DAQ criteria aswell as high signal-to-noise ratio measurement. The detection system must also include a userfriendly and customizable data logging features to the common Windows Excel spreadsheet forregular medical recording of the total salt level aggregate and progress charting, specifically for highblood pressure paradigms. Front panel user controllable preset time-constant for readings statistical

averaging to reduce systematical error and in-between measurements delay control are alsonecessary for precise and repeatable sodium chloride intake related hypertension monitoring andassessment.

The Solution: A frequency independent induction sensor system utilizing a balanced AC Andersons Bridge for lowconcentration of sodium chloride solutions, in tens of ppm limits is conceived and constructed in thissubmission. The induction sensor presented is assembled with a low impedance solenoid coil as thesensing arm of the Andersons full bridge electronics circuit. The Andersons AC Bridge is chosenbecause of its inherent frequency independent characteristics. Measurement and automation exploreris initially used to test all the communication timing, handshaking protocol and data acquisition prior

implementing the LabVIEW state machine coding. Time efficient LabVIEW program code is used tocontrol the input frequency generated by the Tektronix arbitrary function generator, AFG3021. TheEG&G DSP7260 digital lock-in amplifier is programmed by LabVIEW to capture, record and computethe post-filtered average balanced Andersons Bridge sensor output. The observed data is next writteninto a spreadsheet by the LabVIEW file I/O Vis for further assessment.

Abstract An AC Andersons bridge coupled with a low matching impedance solenoid coil employed to detectand measure low concentration of sodium chloride aqueous solutions (ppm) is designed andconstructed. The sensory system is found to be independent of the excited driving frequency. Thefinite element theoretical response of the sensing element is also modeled in 3D tetrahedron meshes.

The constructed induction sensor is sensitive and able to observe Millipore Milli-Q low resistivity (18.2

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 5 of 318

MOhm·cm) ultrapure water and various concentration of lab prepared sodium chloride solutions (1ppm to 120 ppm). The observed sodium chloride system sensitivity is -1.5228 10 -4 ln{NaCl(ppm)}with high correlation constant of R = 0.9835. IEEE 488.2 GPIB communication protocol is used tocontrol a signal generator to drive the Andersons Bridge, a digital lock-in amplifier to measure thesample inductance via LabVIEW programming.

IntroductionInterest in accurate determination of sodium chloride radicals in aqueous form [1, 2], specifically in thelow concentration range of parts-per-million (ppm) range is crucial for biological application [3, 4] forinstance by way of impedance spectroscopy technique using Langmuir-Blodgett theory [5], directhydrogels permeation and kinetics desorption methods [6]. The level of sodium chloride concentrationbeyond the standard threshold in hypertension patients for extensive period will lead to DNA damage[7] and health complications [ 8 ]. Non-invasive electromagnetic sensing methods [ 9 ] and in-situchronoamperometry method coupled with a Cottrell-related equation [10] have been investigated.These systems are off sites [9], tedious to operate [ 11 , 12 , 13 ] and easily contaminated [13].Biomedical device and sensor researchers have worked on sodium and/or chloride ions detection butat higher concentration level (> 1000 ppm or 1 ppt) in both in vitro and in vivo situations, such as theembedded evanescent waveguides spectrometry [11] and optical fiber based sensor [11, 12, 13] which needs constant optical re-alignment.

The sodium chloride induction sensory system constructed is non-contact and non-invasive as thesensing methodology does not require the skin of the patients to be punctured such as in the regularmedical checkup or blood work. By deploying this highly sensitive induction sensor device, it willensure that no fluid is exchanged throughout the measuring process [14]. Fast, accurate, and realtime sodium chloride concentration sensing is favorably sought to reduce abnormal or excessivesodium chloride related complication [8, 15] and mortality rate [16]. It will also promote normalcy onquality of lifestyle for hypertension disease patients [17, 18]. The proposed sodium chloride inductionsensor could be employed for the standardized minus the clinical in-vivo blood sample taking forperiodic monitoring.

[1] A. K. Parida, A. B. Das, “Salt tolerance and salinity effects on plants: a review”, Ecotoxicology an d Environmental Safety , Vol. 60, Issue 3, March 2005, pp.324 - 349[2] R. Serrano, “Salt tolerance in plants and microorganisms: toxicity targets and defense responses”, International Review of Cytology , Vol. 165, 1996, pp. 1 -52[3] P. G. Osborne, D a. Denton, R. S. Welsinger, “Effect of variation of the composition of CSF in the rat upon drinking of wat er and hypertonic NaClsolutions”, Behavioral Neuros cience , Vol. 101, Issue 3, June 1987, pp. 371 - 377[4] M. Imashimizu, H. Yoshi mura, H. Katoh, S. Ehira, M. Ohman, “NaCl enhances cellular cAMP and upregulates genes related to heterocyst development inthe cyanobacterium, Anabaena sp. Strain PCC 7120”, FEMS Microbiology Letter s , Vol. 252, Issue 1, 1 Nov 2005, pp. 97 - 103[5] A. Riu l, Jr, R. R. Malmegrim, F. J. Fonseca, L.H. C. Mattoso, “An Artificial taste sensor based on conducting polymer”, Biosensors and Bioelectronics , Vol.18, Issue 11, 1 October 2003, pp. 1365 - 1369[6] H. Ju, A. C. Sagle, B. D. Freeman, J. I. Manrdel, A. J. Hill, “Characterization of sodium chloride and water transport in crosslinked poly(ethyleneoxide)hydrogels”, Journal of Membrane Science , Volume 358, Issues 1 – 2, 15 August 2010, Pages 131-141[7] N. I. Dmitrieva, M. B. Burg, “Hypertonic stress response”, Mutation Research /Fundamental and Molecular Mechanisms of Mutagenesis , Vol. 569, Issue 1 -2, 6 Jan 2005, pp. 65 - 74[8] Y. Tekol, “Irreversible and reversible components in the genesis of hypertension by sodium chloride (salt)”, Medical Hypoth eses, Vol. 770, Issue 2, 2008, pp.255 - 259[9] G. V. Keller, “Induction methods in prospecting for hot water”, Geothermics , Vol. 2, Part 1, 1970, pp. 318 - 332[10 ] A. J. van Stroe, L. J. J. Janssen, “Determination of the diffusion coefficient of oxygen in sodium chloride solutions with a transient pulse technique”,

Analytica Chimica Acta , Vol. 279, Issue 2, 15 July 1993, pp. 213 - 219[11 ] K. Kim, H. Minamitani, H. Hisamoto, K. Suzuki, S. Kang, “Active optical thin -film waveguide sensor for ion sensing”, Analytica Chimica Acta , Vol. 343,Issue 3, 20 May 1997, pp. 199 - 208[12 ] F. Buchholz, N. Buschmann, K. Cammann, “A fibre -optical sensor for the determination of sodium with a reversible response”, Sensors and Actuators B:Chemical , Vol. 9, Issue 1, July 1992, pp. 41 - 47[13 ] N. Abramova, A. Ipatov, S. Levichev, A. Bratov, “Integrated multi sensor chip with photocured polymer membranes containing co-polymerized plasticizerfor direct pH, potassium, sodium and chloride, ions determination in blood serum”, Talanta , Vol. 79, Issue 4, 15 Sept 2009, pp. 984 - 989[14] J. Lehmann , “ Capillary blood glucose monitoring. Are you putting yourself and your patients/clients at risk?”, Collegian: Journal of the Royal College of

Nursing Australia , Vol. 4, Issue 4, 1997, pp. 39-40[15 ] G. R. Meneely, “High sodium -low potassium environment and hypertension”, The American Journal of Cardiology , Vol. 38, Issue 6, 23 Nov 1976, pp. 768- 785[16] T. Tomonari, M. Fukuda, T. Miura, M. Mizuno, T. Y. Wakamatsu, T. Ichikawa, S. Miyagi, Y. Shirasa wa, A. Ito, A. Yoshida, T. Omori, G. Kimura, “Is saltintake an independent risk factor of stroke mortality? Demographic analysis by regions in Japan”, Journal of American Soc iety of Hyper tension , Vol. 5, Issue 6,

Nov – Dec 2011, pp. 456 - 462[17] F. J. H addy, “Mechanism, prevention and therapy of sodium -dependent hypertension”, The American Journal of Medicine , Vol. 69, Issue 5, Nov 1980, pp.746 - 758[18 ] M. F. McCarty, “Should we restrict chloride rather than sodium?”, Medical Hypothes es , Vol. 63, Issue 1, 2004, pp. 138 - 148

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 6 of 318

Program OverviewUser defined input frequency of the sinusoidal waveform is generated by the Tektronix arbitraryfunction generator AFG3021 controlled by the LabVIEW customizable program. The sodium chloridesample of various concentrations ranging from 1 ppm to 120 ppm is prepared with ultrapure de-

ionized MilliQ water. A digital lock-in amplifier is next programmed via LabVIEW GPIB VIs to pre andpost filter, average, and record the changes in the AC balanced Andersons Bridge. The data acquiredare next tabulated into an Excel spreadsheet tailored using the LabVIEW file I/O Vis. These collecteddata are also collated with the additional LabVIEW time stamp Vis.

Synchronous live data trend is also plotted using the LabVIEW waveform graph indicator on the frontpanel. The associated mathematical curve fitting is also plotted simultaneously with the experimentalmeasurement with the help of the LabVIEW formula node VIs. Figure 1. is the actual experimentalsetup of the sodium chloride induction sensor.

Figure 1. Sodium Chloride experimental setup.

The user control interface is as shown in Figure 2. Detail experimental documentation that includesdate of measurements carried out, sample identification tested, and file name assigned can beincluded by the user via the front panel LabVIEW string control.

Figure 2. Sodium Chloride sensorLabVIEW front panel.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 7 of 318

Figure 3 shown is the LabVIEW block diagram of the sodium chloride sensor. The LabVIEW codeillustrated is the GPIB sequence to control the digital lock-in amplifier and capture the sensor output.Reliable and repeatable sensor data acquisition is achieved with the high speed NI PCMCIA-GPIB card. This stable handshaking protocol reduced countless hours of data taking errors. Average,variance, co-variance and other statistical information are also reported with the help of LabVIEW

probability Vis on the front panel for user analysis and saved along with the raw data collected into aspreadsheet.

Figure 3. Sodium Chloride LabVIEW block diagram.

Author Information:Hee C. LIMTunku Abdul Rahman College, Microelectronics and Physics DepartmentBlock D300, Jalan Genting Kelang, 53300, SetapakKuala Lumpur, MalaysiaEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 8 of 318

Best Approach in analyzing Tropical Environmental Impact forPhotovoltaic performance using NI cRIO and LabVIEW

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):M. Effendy Ya’acob Hashim HizamSheikh Ezaiddin Sheikh Mohd. Mustaffa

Products: Software: NI LabVIEW 2011Hardware: CompactRIO: cRIO-9025, cRIO- 9114, NI 9871, NI 9214, NI 9025, NI 9225

Challenge:Designing a real-time and synchronized monitoring system for 6-parameter tropical environmentalelements i.e Radiation, Temperature, Wind, Humidity, Light Intensity, and Rain towards the energyperformance of 3 types 1 kW PV generator system with total generation capacity of 10kW.

Solution:The task has been resolve by integrating all 6 parameters mentioned above with NI LabVIEWprogram and NI Hardware as platform interface to capture measurement, data logging, monitor andanalyze visually all data from various sensor in real-time and synchronize mode.

IntroductionRenewable Green energy sources have been the chosen approach by various developing countries inthe world as an inevitable necessity to reduce Green House Gas (GHG) emissions and dependenceon fossil fuel based energy generation. Since the main source of energy for electricity generation inMalaysia comes from fossil fuels, this large increase will definitely put a constraint on the fossil fuelsupply and contributes to the adverse effect on the environment. Due to this, the Government ofMalaysia is working towards attaining energy independence and promoting efficient utilization ofsupply and utilization of renewable energy resources. One of the main sources of renewable energythat is highly promoted in the tropical climate like in Malaysia is the solar photovoltaic energy.Photovoltaic (PV) technology harvests the abundance and free sunlight source to produce electricityvia photonic effect. There have been some projects developed in Malaysia based on PV systems andmostly they are in remote areas and are off grid. One of the questions in the initial design stage of the

PV systems is how much power that the PV systems can generate and the generated figure usuallyreflects the entire PV system configuration without guarantee.

Field setup A 10kWp PV pilot plant has been setup based on MoU agreement between Universiti Putra Malaysia(UPM) and Sichuan Zhonghan Solar Power Co. Ltd comprises of 3 types of PV generator systemrated 1kWp each and other supporting hardware as follows:

- 6 units of Concentrating PV (CPV) Generator system- 2 units of Tracking Flat PV (TF) Generator system- 2 units of Fixed Flat PV (FF) Generator system

- MSO Weather Station, Stevens

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 9 of 318

- Apogee instruments (Pyranometer)- Xylem Global Water (Rain Bucket)- Photasgard AHKF ( Light Intensity sensor)- Type K Thermocouple (installed on top (surface) and under the PV modules)

All the ten units of PV generator are connected to 3 units of Aurora Inverter system with the capacityof 2 x 3.6kW and 6.0kW for the purpose of Grid-tied operation. The sudden drop in I-V curve reflectsthe decrease in energy generation for certain time duration and most researchers claimed thiscondition is due to shading of sun radiation towards PV surface. This research intends to explorefurther by considering other influential factors such as ambient temperature, light intensity, windcooling effect and humidity that would contribute to the sudden drop in PV energy generation. Thesefactors are especially important to the conditions in tropical weather locations.

DAQ and Monitoring System SetupFigure 1 illustrates the setting up of the Solar PV Monitoring System (SPMS). As illustrated, varioussensors with various signals have been placed near to the PV Plant to measure solar radiation, ambient temperature, light intensity, rain, wind cooling effect and humidity. Due to the modularity ofcRIO , signals such as RS-485 serial, current (4-20mA) and high voltage can be easily integrated intoa single platform for data logging and streaming purposes. Additionally the power generated from thePV panels and the surface temperature of the PV also has be captured and synchronized with theenvironment data.

Figure 1: System Setup for Solar Monitoring Station

The cRIO has been programmed to automatically measures and log data on a real time-based event,normally from 7am till 7pm every single day. The system is designed to be able to operate on a stand-alone mode, and shall be able to stream data everytime a PC is connected to the cRIO .

Results and future research recommendation A host program developed with LabVIEW software has been design to monitor the data in real-timeand also to analyze the data in offline mode as illustrated in Figure 2.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 10 of 318

Figure 2: A Host customized program showing sample data analysis during offline mode

Three main features of thermocouple data (10 segments), environmental data (6 segments) and PVgeneration data (23 segments x 3 Inverter inputs) are captured in real-time mode. From the systemsetup and data monitoring process flow, each data from 6-parameter sensor can be individual viewedin real-time and recorded in database (.tdms format) for the following research outcomes:

i. Real-time CPV monitoring system for energy performance and environmental assessment in

Malaysia by using LabVIEW-based architecture. \ii. A thermal impact study of PV generator energy performance based on wind cooling and

humidity impact in tropical climate weather condition.iii. Modelling of Nominal Operating Surface Temperature (NOST) based on Ambient and Cell

Temperature for PV Module efficiency.iv. Defining light intensity correlation with radiation level for 3 types of PV generator system.v. A short study of rain (m 3) effect in Malaysian tropical climate weather condition towards the

suitability of PV system generation.

All of the above research outcomes embrace new contribution of knowledge and approach and it istargeted to be completed within one year of full data monitoring and analysis. Due to the modularity of

the NI hardware and with the power of LabVIEW , the system is expandable and can be improvedfurther. One of the plans is to add the web monitoring feature into the system plus viewing results viaandroid-base platform. With this feature, researcher will be able to monitor the data through a web-browser from anywhere they want. Financial analysis will also be added to the reporting system asmeans of highlighting the PV FiT rates endorse by Malaysian Parliament recently. LabVIEWDatalogging and Supervisory Control Module can be adapted as a means of professional presentationof the research outcomes.

Another possible addition to the system is on the control system. At the moment cRIO has only beenused for monitoring system. We may extend the function of the cRIO to control to tracking system ofthe CPV System. This will simplify the system since only one platform is used for a complete solarstation system.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 11 of 318

ConclusionNational Instrument’s hardware and software has been proven to be the best approach in analyzingtropical environmental impact for solar photovoltaic performance. cRIO is found to be the mostsuitable platform due to its ruggedness and its modularity. With wide range of modules available for

the cRIO, most of the sensors can be integrated easily. Data synchronization is the most crucial partin this research as we need to study and analyze the relationship between the I-V Curve with theenvironment data. T his has been solved with the NI’s cRIO and LabVIEW . The software has beendeveloped in a short period of time as to ease the process of pure research process. Due to thesimplicity and easiness of the LabVIEW , researchers will be able to understand well the programmingflow even without any knowledge on programming.

There are various research area need to be explore on solar PV application as it is the question markto everyone involve the solar PV business whether the technology can be the best energy source forMalaysia condition. Hence, cRIO and the system can be expanded and modified anytime wheneverthe research approach changes from one to the other. This can cost us less more in terms of moneyand time, compared if we use the off-the-shelve instruments.

Author Information:M. Effendy Ya’acob Universiti Putra Malaysia, Department of Electrical & Electronics, Faculty of EngineeringUniversiti Putra Malaysia,43400, Serdng, Selangor, MalaysiaEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 12 of 318

Accurate (Low ppm Concentration) Hazardous Aqueous basedChemical Radicals Interferometry Detection System

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):Li Ean LEEYewFong HORHee C. LIM

Products:NI LabVIEW 2011 Professional Development SystemNI Measurement and Automation Explorer v5.0NI GPIB USB-HS

Challenge:To measure and detect low ppm (part per millions) concentration of specific chemical radical ormolecular chains in aqueous solution in real-time accurately using optical interferometry technique.These chemical radicals could be diluted heavy metals such as Mercury (Hg) or Chromium (Cr) etc. ordissolved bug pesticides and fertilizer chemicals used in palm oil plantations that are hazardous andcarcinogenic if consumed. The data signal has to be acquired and recorded from the scientific opticaldetection equipment routinely, repeatedly and automatically during the live in-situ sampling process.The chemical species along with its concentration is needed to be determined accurately without anycross contamination from the regular chemistry lab detection procedure for example the invasivephysical contact or dilution, wastage and reduction from the original sample size. These crucial dataare next needed to be saved and archived for post-processing and statistical analysis.

Solution: A custom LabVIEW controlled optical precision Mach Zehnder (MZ) Interferometer system isdesigned to measure the low ppm aqueous content. The sensitivity is repeatable and is highlyaccurate. The setup of the interferometer needs to be precisely calibrated and aligned with the help ofthe LabVIEW program initialization. In addition, when the unknown chemical sample is beingintroduced into the sampling arm of the Mach Zehnder Interferometer, the change in the laserinterference fringes (time domain) will be captured and recorded into an excel spreadsheetinstantaneously. This is because by these changes in the resulted amplitude splitting (i.e. interferencefringes) wavelength of laser beam in the Mach Zehnder, the unknown samples can be confidently

determined and categorized instantly. This process is performed with the developed Mach Zehnderinterferometer system while without perturbing the original sample conditions such as property phase,viscosity, and concentration; size (i.e. volume) nor adulteration.

Abstract A Mach Zehnder interferometer is designed and constructed to determine and measure knownchemical radicals, in laboratory prepared aqueous solution with low ppm concentration, using thephenomenon of electromagnetic waves superposition and the resulted interference fringes. The MachZehnder Interferometer system is setup via bulk optics on a vibration free optical table. Userconfigurable NI LabVIEW 2011 professional development program is written to allowcommunication between an analog lock-in amplifier and an optical chopper that is used in this setup.

With the help of the LabVIEW program precise and accurate data acquisition is achieved more

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 13 of 318

efficiently while consuming less experimental time. Further spreadsheet data analysis and datadocumentation are also performed with a customized LabVIEW program using a NI GPIB USB -HS .The Mach Zehnder Interferometer sensitivity response is observed to be linear and is approximatelyequal to 2.382E-5 refraction index/ppm, with correlation R = 0.9528. The designed interferometerdetection system can be deployed in the water treatment industry, food and beverage industries to

detect water based carcinogenic and cancer causing pollutants. With real time accurate resultcapability, this sensing technique can also be used in the environmental monitoring and greeninitiative.

Introduction Around us, in our daily life, there are many types of chemical radicals that can be determined by ourfive senses namely, sense of sight, touch, smell, taste and feel. However, it is hard to use our humansensory system or conventional sensors to sense low concentration of chemicals. Furthermore, it isvery harmful to the human body if the prolong exposure of unknown chemical radicals which may behazardous. In this improved era of globalization, there are many methods of sensing lowconcentration of chemical radicals, the possible method includes both in R&D and in commercialworld. These include but not limited to induction sensor, biosensor and optical sensor. While thedisadvantages with bio-sensor are having a limited life caused by bio-fouling and thermal shock,optical sensors are of a more promising alternative as it is less affected by bio-fouling and henceimproving in cost and life span of sensors. Furthermore, optical sensor is immune to electromagneticinterference. However, as in optical devices, they are affected by optical misalignments.

Although there are many types of sensors invented to test low concentration substance in liquid formbut there are still a shortage of non-invasive, non-destructive, and highly sensitive experimentalmethod to determine, monitor, and measure low concentration of chemical radicals in both R&D andcommercially available system. Non-invasive, non-destructive, and highly sensitive sensors areimportant because they are less perilous to users; hence it is much useful and safe.

With the help of the optics knowledge and to extend the current commercial limitation, Mach ZehnderInterferometer is proposed to examine precisely the types of unknown chemical samples based on itsoptical properties via the superposition and interference fringes phenomenon. This method is able todetermine accurately and effectively the type of unknown chemical radicals that is beyond mankindsenses. These advantages are very useful especially in hazardous chemical determinationexperiments. The designed interferometer detection system is best employed in the water treatmentindustry sectors, end user consumable food and beverage industries to monitor the water hazardouscontaminations, for instance carcinogenic and cancer causing pollutants. Environmental monitoringand green initiative can also benefits with this real time accurate sensing technique.

Program Overview

The user friendly LabVIEW program is first programmed to initialize the lock-in amplifier settings usingthe standard IEEE 488 GPIB initialization and status bits LabVIEW VIs . The LabVIEW program alsocaters for user customizable experiment documentation with the help of the LabVIEW s t r ing & pathpalet te .

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 14 of 318

Figure 1. Mach Zehnder interferometer experimental setup.

Intensity of the resulted interference fringes due to the chemical type and concentration is nextrecorded and averaged with the help of the lock-in amplifier and LabVIEW prob abi l i ty and s ta t i s t icsprogramming palet te . The Gaussian distribution data is gathered via the LabVIEW iterative FORloop (programming VI) to reduce the both statistical error and uncertainty.

By using the waveform and charting features on the LabVIEW front panel, the instantaneousresponse of the calculated optical index of refraction of the chemical ( LabVIEW m athematic fo rmulanodes scr ip t VI ) can be displayed and visualized.

Additional, Chebysher filtering as well as normalization is also performed by the LabVIEW program.The collected analog signal is then transformed and analyzed in the frequency domain with built-inFFT VI (Fast Fourier Transform ) found in the LabVIEW s ignal p rocess ing p alet te . The LabVIEWspect ra l measurement VI utilizes the Hanning windowing for the frequency domain magnitude andphase measurements with a supplementary user input averaging of 50 exponential weightedfunctions to produce the FFT power spectrum (magnitude and phase) during every iteration with itsphase unwrapped.

Figure 2. MZ interferometry detection LabVIEW program.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 15 of 318

With the help of LabVIEW, conventional way of observation and recording of monitoring equipmentresults using the traditional paper and pencil can be replaced. The LabVIEW program written is ableto precisely record the change in the interference fringes of the laser beam instantly when long chainstructured D-Glucose solution is being introduced into the Mach Zehnder interferometer sampling arm.The results are tabulated into a data spreadsheet with LabVIEW spreadsheet VI for further in-vivo

analysis. Both the time and FFT transformed frequency data are also saved into separated excelspreadsheets. The observed result is linearly proportional to the introduced chemical radical with R =0.9528 high optical precision.

Figure 3. LabVIEW block diagram of the optical interferometer detection.

Author Information:Li Ean LEETunku Abdul Rahman College, Microelectronics and Physics DepartmentBlock D300, Jalan Genting Kelang, 53300,Setapak, Kuala Lumpur, MalaysiaEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 16 of 318

RETMOS MC – Real-time Monitoring Systems for MicroelectronicCleanroom

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s): Azlan Muharam Afandi AhmadMohammad Hairol Jabbar

Products:NI PXI-6070E PXI embedded controller;NI SCB 68-pin connector;LabVIEW 2011 SP1.

Challenge:Contamination appears as a major concern in microelectronic cleanroom, hence sophisticatedsystems are of crucial importance. Parameters including temperature, humidity as well as vibrationsare normally being monitored manually which requires continuous monitoring and consistent workingprocedure. As a critical room for microelectronic manufacturing, cleanroom needs real-time monitoringsystems that capable to capture data continuous and consistently. These data can be then used forplan preventive maintenance (PPM) that can also ensure the manufacturing processes involved in thecleanroom are excellent.

Solution: To solve this issue, real-time monitoring systems that fully implemented using NI products have beenproposed and evaluated. Three critical parameters in microelectronic cleanroom have been monitoredand analysed. To enhance the proposed systems, graphical user interface (GUI) has been developedusing NI LabVIEW 2011 SP1 , whilst the NI PXI-6070E PXI embedded controller, and NI SCB 68-pinconnector have been used to realise the hardware. In addition, the input for this proposed systemshave been linked with the additional circuit comprising three sensors of temperature (LM35), humidity(HIH-400), vibration. In short, the proposed systems are able to operate and collect the real-timemeasurements as well as monitoring the physical activity via local area network (LAN) that improvesdata monitoring efficiency and costing.

Abstract

This paper describes the design and implementation of real-time monitoring system especially formicroelectronic cleanroom. There are various crucial parameters to be monitored includingtemperature, humidity, vibration and physical activity and the graphical user interface (GUI) has beendesigned using LabVIEW software while the printed circuit boards (PCBs) for the sensors weredesigned using Eagle software. Results obtained from the system implemented have shown thatreal-time data can be monitored and gathered in the microelectronic cleanroom and contributes for asignificant advantages from monitoring and historical data perspectives.

System OperationThe proposed real-time monitoring systems for temperature, humidity and vibration have beenperformed in the following operations.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 17 of 318

1. Three sensors for temperature, humidity and vibration are located in the white, yellow andcharacterization room.

2. PC equipped with the GUI, LAN connection, SCB- 68 connector and DAQ card (PXI-6070E) have been setup in the technician room.

3. SCB-68 connector acts as an interfacing component to allow data communication for the

sensor circuits.4. Data captured from the sensors have been transmitted to the DAQ card. If the values beyondthe limits setting, warning text will automatically appears on the front panel.

5. The final real-time data gathered has been saved in text file (*.txt) and easily can be openedby Microsoft Excel, Word and Notepad.

Figure 1: Hardware configuration.

Figure 2: Work diagram for the temperature panel.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 18 of 318

Figure 3: Humidity front panel display using web browser.

Figure 4: Graphical user interface (GUI) of the systems panel (a) Temperature (b) Humidity (c) Vibration (d)Camera.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 19 of 318

Conclusion and future workReal-time monitoring system specifically for microelectronics cleanroom has been proposed in thispaper. Description of the system developed including the software and hardware implementation hasbeen given. Results obtained have shown that the system is capable to operate and collect the real-time data of temperature, humidity and vibration as well as the monitoring the physical activity via the

web-camera and LAN connection. Future works of the systems can be implemented in otherindustries that also require real-time data monitoring for instance the supervisory control in factory andoperating theater in hospital.

Author Information: Azlan Bin MuharamKolej Komuniti Masjid TanahKPT, 78300 Paya Rumput, Masjid Tanah, MelakaEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 20 of 318

Using NI-LabVIEW & NI-USB 6008 To Monitor Flammable Gas In Air.

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):Mohd Tarmizi Bin Sulaiman, Teacher

Products:NI-LabVIEW 2011NI-USB 6008

Challenge:Produce application to monitor flammable gas in air using a simple interface, interesting andunderstandable by anyone. It is not only simple, but it also can be produced easily by using NI-

LabVIEW software.

Solution:To create the application, I just need a gas sensor and NI-USB 6008 to get the data from it . NI- LabVIEW is software easy for me to create a simple application interface. By using the graphicalprogramming language, it also allows me to organize the process of obtaining data, calculate anddisplay the data. Data can be displayed through various forms such as in a gauge. Data in the form ofgauge can be understood by anyone.

AbstractThe first four alkanes are methane, ethane, propane and butane. Methane is the major constituent of

natural gas. It is lighter than air. Methane and butane are highly flammable. We cannot see the gas,but we can still smell it. We sure do not know how much gas content in the air. Although we can smellit, but we also need to measure the contents in order to prevent fires. For that, I make this easyapplication to measure the presence and amount of gas in the air. The simple application whichmeans it must be easy to use, attractive and simple interface. NI-LabVIEW software allows us toproduce applications that are attractive and stylish interface. Applications designed seems like realhardware.

Program OverviewThis program looks simple. I really want it to be simple and easily understood. Although it looks simple,but I also make some reference on the internet to understand how to calculate the data obtained fromsensors.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 21 of 318

Picture 1 - This program looks simple. I really want it to be simple and easily understood.

I have determined that the value 10 in the gauge is showing the flammable gas was filling the spacearound the sensor. These calculations are set out in the formula contained in the Block Diagram. Ifnot set, the data to be displayed can be misleading. The actual value is displayed on the gauge is halfwhen flammable gas was filling the space. So for that, I need to multiply by two. When the multiply bytwo, the reading on the gauge will show 10 when flammable gas filling the space.

Picture 2 – Block Diagram

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 22 of 318

Application Information and How It WorksThis application will read data from the sensor. The data obtained through the NI-USB 6008 device.Then the data will be calculated and directly displayed on the gauge. Sensor used here is the MQ-Xseries gas sensor is very sensitive to the presence of smoke, butane and methane in the air.

As explained earlier, data from sensors need is multiplied by two so that we can understand what isdisplayed on the gauge. After the formula is entered, the needle on the gauge will show the number10 when flammable gas filling the air around the sensor. For that, I have already set the formula sothat it can show the exact value. Having tested several times, each time the flammable gas to meetaround the sensor, the needle will show the number 10. The little gas content, the needle on thegauge drops. The higher the gas content, the higher the needle on the gauge will rise. To test thisapplication, I use a gas found in cigarette lighters. Tests that were conducted showed good results.

DAQ device that I use here is the NI-USB6008 . It not only easy to carry, but it is also easy to use.This device that makes me not lose NI-LabVIEW . When we use the NI-LabVIEW but not use it withdevices, it felt like to lose something. NI-USB6008 also helped me to create a simple application likethis. I also build a standalone application using Application Builder. This application will be easier touse.

Picture 3 – NI-USB6008 and MQ-X Series Gas Sensor

Picture 4 – Using NI-LabVIEW and NI-USB6008 to Monitor Flammable Gas In Air.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 23 of 318

This application will continue to monitor gases continuously. Data continuously displayed on thegauge. If there are no specific gas, the needle on the gauge will just move slightly as it detects othergases or smoke in the air. The following is how this application works:

Obtain the data Calculate Display the data

NI-LabVIEW will organize the process of obtaining data. NI-USB 6008 is a device that gets data fromthe sensor. After that, NI-LabVIEW will count data were obtained by using the formula given and thendisplay the data on the gauge and the numeral indicator.

This application displays the data on the gauge. Data can be understood by anyone. The display alsolooks simple and stylish.

Picture 5 – Simple and stylish

Conclusion Applications developed very meaningful to me. In addition it will help me to monitor flammable gases,it also proves that the NI-LabVIEW is not only easy to use, but it also helped me to simplify my work.This application is user friendly and has a simple interface and style. This can be done by using the

NI-LabVIEW .

Author Information:Mohd Tarmizi Bin SulaimanSekolah Kebangsaan Bukit Mutiara,Taman Bukit Mutiara, 8110 Johor Bahru, JohorEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 24 of 318

Automated Personal Identification Based on Finger Vein

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):Lau Wei Cheang, StudentTan Pin Yang, Student

Products:NI Single-board RIO 9632XTNI LabVIEW TM 2011NI Vision Development Module 2011NI Vision Acquisition Software 2011NI Real-Time Module

NI FPGA Module

Challenge:To design a low cost automated finger vein identification system with high recognition rate and fastrecognition speed as well as precise feedback control to make the system more practical in real-worldapplications.

Solution:Using NI SbRIO 9632 to embed the automated finger vein identification system as it is a low cost NIproduct. Apart from that, we use LabVIEW Real-Time (RT), LabVIEW Field Program mable GateArray (FPGA) , and Vis ion Developm ent Module to implement the finger vein recognition algorithms

as its graphical, dataflow programming language provides a better way for us to solve our problems.

IntroductionThe traditional authentication techniques such as cards, passwords have brought users potentialsafety hazard because they are easy to be stolen, lost or forgotten. To ensure higher security,biometric techniques based on human physiological traits have been applied to authenticationsystems including door control immigration administration and computer system security. Currently,there are a number of biometric identification techniques such as fingerprint, iris and face. However,these biometric identification techniques have some shortcomings as fingerprints can be fooled with adummy finger fitted with a copied fingerprint; voice and facial characteristic-based systems can befooled by recordings and high-resolution images. On the contrary, finger vein identification system ismuch harder to fool because it can only authenticate the finger of a living person. It has high securityand almost impossible to counterfeit because they are located beneath the skin's surface.

System ImplementationWith the understanding in theory of image processing, we implemented Finger Vein Identificationsystem using SbRIO and LabVIEW (Figure 1 and 2). There are two modes in our system, enrollmentmode and identification mode. In enrollment mode, user is allowed to store their finger vein patterninto the database. The system can be toggled into identification mode to check the identity of the user.For security purpose, the user can only manipulate the database with the permission of administer.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 25 of 318

Figure 1: Automated Personal Identification Based on Finger Vein

Figure 2: Front panel of the system

A state machine is used to program the architecture of the system because there are a lot of statesoverlap for the enrollment mode and identification mode. Besides that, whenever there is an extra

feature the programmer wish to add into the program. The state machine easily scales to more states

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 26 of 318

to add the extra feature without changing the overall architecture of the system. Figure 3 shows oneof the state block diagrams of the state machine of this system.

Figure 3: One of the state block diagram of the state machine in the system

The finger vein recognition algorithm (Figure 4) is implemented using LabVIEW because LabVIEW isable to provide a simpler approach to reduce the design time. It provides most of image processinglibrary, such as; image type conversion Virtual Instrument (VI), image Fast Fourier Transform (FFT),and Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT) VI and etc.

Figure 4: Finger vein recognition algorithm

The finger is shined through invisible near infrared light that has the capability of penetrating ourfinger. The infrared light is absorbed by the hemoglobin of the blood in our veins. The vein will seemdarker as compare to the muscle of the finger. Hence, a camera is modified to capture the infraredfinger vein image. A casing which consists of camera and infrared is built to let the user to put theirfinger and acquire the image.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 27 of 318

The acquired image is gray-scaled by using the Image Casting VI. In case the acquired image isslightly rotated, an angle correction algorithm is implemented to correct the angle of the image. Hence,the image rotation VI in Vision Development module and some customize VIs are adopted in ouralgorithm to correct the angle of the image. This algorithm makes sure that the image is in the correct

posi tion every time it is taken. It further increases the system’s stability and accuracy.

In order to optimize the accuracy of the system, the vein patterns have to be in high contrast withrespect to the muscle. Hence, the resized image is enhanced by using Modified Gaussian Filter (MGF)algorithm. By using this algorithm, the veins pattern will appear in black in colour whereas the musclesappear in white in colour.

Before undergoing Band-Limited Phase Only Correlation (BLPOC) matching algorithms, the phase ofthe image is extracted using phase extraction algorithm. Image FFT VI is used to transform theenhanced image into a complex image so that the phase of the complex image can be used formatching algorithm. The tester is treated as genuine given that matching score is greater than thethreshold score while the tester is treated as imposter if the matching score is less than the thresholdscore.

A feedback control is used to assist system in adjusting the intensity of Infrared Light Emitting Diode(LED) so that the acquired image is in the best contrast. This automated control system isimplemented using FPGA and external circuitry. For fixed intensity implementation, the vein image willburst when come to female fingers whose skin is very thin or too dark for fingers with thicker skin. Onthe contrary, our system has the capability of producing sharp and clear vein image. Hence, thethickness of the skin will not affect the accuracy of our system as it will be compensated by thefeedback system.

With the help of the feedback system, the enrollment rate increase tremendously. Although there is anangle correction algorithm and intelligently cropping the image, there might be some vertical orhorizontal translation or rotation, hence, for every enrollment, the system will enroll five veins imagesdata into the database to enhance the accuracy of the system.

System Functionality Verification We verify the algorithm using LabVIEW by collecting two sessions of finger vein sample image fromthe public. For the first collection, the sample is treated as enrollment. For the second collection of thesame public, the sample is treated as tester. With the help of LabVIEW , we duplicate our algorithmand divide them into a few parts to process the finger vein sample images. All the verificationalgorithms run automatically so the time taken to get the optimum parameter is reduced tremendously.From the verification process, we obtain the optimum parameter for each algorithm. Given the

minimum Equal Error Rate (EER), MGF Kernel size, BLPOC ratio and threshold score are the threeimportant parameters which contribute to the stability and accuracy of our system. Thus, this systemis robust and reliable as the identification process is fast and operates with 98.93% of accuracy.

ConclusionIn image acquisition, we implement a closed loop feedback system to control the intensity of near-infrared light. This is to ensure that the image acquired is in the best quality. Apart from this, weincluded automatic finger detecting system to fully automate the image acquiring process. Weoptimize the enhancement and matching process by looking into the error generated at the result.This is done by choosing the best combination of BLPOC ratio and kernel size as the parameter inour system. In overall, we have EER of 1.07% at threshold 0.22235. We are sure that our system is

stable and can identify the finger vein of user accurately. This system is very practical and can be

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 28 of 318

implemented in real life as the user can be identified within a short period of time. The total averagetime taken from cropping to matching is 545.9324 ms .

Future Plan We plan to further improve this system to accommodate remote authorization since the merging of

existing and future networking developments with biometric solutions will allow people to have theopportunity to authorize a wide range of transactions such as voting, purchasing, accessing, decision-making authorizations via the network, from remote locations. No longer will they be required topersonally present at a given location in order to authenticate a specific action.

Author Information:Lau Wei CheangUniversiti Sains MalaysiaEngineering Campus, University Sains Malaysia,14308 Nibong Tebal, Seberang Perai Selatan, Pulau Pinang, MalaysiaEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 29 of 318

Contactless Respiration Rate Measurement Using OpticalDisplacement Sensor and NI LabVIEW

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):K.B. Gan, Senior LecturerE.S.Yahyavi, Research FellowE. Zahedi, Research FellowM.A. Mohd, Research Fellow

Products:NI LabVIEWNI-VISA

Challenge:Developing the graphical user interface and hardware interfacing using conventional programminglanguage such as Visual Studio (VB, C#) is always difficult and time consuming. Hardware interfacingand the software driver has been always the main problem and an obstacle in instrumentation designand development.

Solution:LabVIEW is the graphical programming environment that allows users to design and analyse a DSPsystem without using any test-based programming environment. The Virtual Instrument Software

Architecture (VISA) provides the serial programming interface between the optical sensor controllerand LabVIEW.

AbstractIn the Emergency Department, triage acts as a small window that gives clue about the status of thepatients. The main vital signs that are usually used to assess the patients are respiratory rate (RR),heart rate (HR), blood pressure (BP), temperature, saturated oxygen (SpO2) and pain score. Howeverconventional respiratory measurement devices such as ECG, nasal thermocouple and piezoelectricsensor are impractical in the Emergency Department. These devices require to attach to the patientwhich will induce artificial measurements (self-awareness stress effects) and time-consuming.Therefore, the physician in the Emergency Department obtains the respiration rate by visually countthe number of times the chest moves in a minute. The objective of this project is to develop a

contactless respiration rate measurement system using the optical displacement method. Thecontroller was interfaced to a computer using NI LabVIEW and NI-VISA. There were 17 healthysubjects (12 males, 5 females) aged between 24 to 55 years old participated in this study. Thepreliminary results showed that the respiration rate was ranged from 12-34 breaths per minute usingoptical displacement technique in random healthy subjects. In conclusion, contactless respiration ratemeasurement can be achieved using the optical displacement technique.

IntroductionVital signs are important signs that should elicit from every patient who come for a health assessment.It acts as a small window to give clues on the status of the patients. There are many vital signs but themain vital signs that are usually used to assess are respiratory rate (RR), heart rate (HR), blood

pressure (BP), temperature, saturated oxygen (SpO2) and pain. In the Emergency Department, pain

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 30 of 318

is the newest vital sign include in the list. Respiratory rate (RR) is the most sensitive and crucial vitalsign of all the rest since most emergency cases will cause some alteration in it.

Husum et al. (2003) demonstrated that respiration rate and airway obstruction are found to be the keypredictors of injury severity and death. Respiratory rate is a good indicator of respiratory infection at

all ages (Isaac 1995; McFadden et al. 1982; Gravelyn et al. 1980) but accurate measurement isconsidered an essential pre-requisite. The present method of measuring respiratory rate, apart frommanual observation, includes capnography. It is the monitoring of the concentration or partialpressure of carbon dioxide (CO2) in the respiratory gases. The waveform gives us information aboutinspiration and expiration as well as the arterial to end tidal carbon dioxide differences. Clinicallyexpired carbon dioxide reflects changes in metabolism, circulation, respiration, the airway and thebreathing system. (Jacqueline & Manju 2002). Even though capnography was considered the mostaccurate method of measuring respiratory rate in most study (Egleston et al. 1997; Plewa et al. 1995)but it is an invasive technique. Apart from this, measurement of movement, volume and tissueconcentrations through transthoracic impedance, inductance plethysmography and mattress sensorsare some other techniques can be used to measure the respiration rate.

However, none of these devices have been used in the emergency department due to the speed ofthe measurement. In the emergency department, triage officers need to categorize the patients intotriage level within two minutes. Normally, the triage officers acquire the respiration rate manually andthis may contribute to the measurement error. Besides that, most of the respiration measurementdevices require medical personal attach the sensors to the patients. It is time consuming and mayincrease the risk of contracting infectious diseases especially during the disease outbreak. Thesensor placement to the patient's body may cause the discomfort and may result stress that can affectthe breathing rate.

The main objective of this project is to develop a contactless respiration rate measurement systemusing the optical displacement sensor and NI LabVIEW. The sensor is serially interfaced to thecomputer using NI-VISA. The peak detection algorithm was used to determine the local maximum andcalculate the respiration rate. This report presents the preliminary study and the hardware setup usingNI-LabVIEW and NI-VISA.

MethodologyThis measurement technique is based on the movement of the chest cavity that forms a smalldisplacement due to the respiratory activity. The chest wall displacement can be detected using ahigh precision and high speed optical displacement laser sensor, LK-G507 (Keyence, Corp.). Thelaser light source is 650 nm and produces a wild spot type that is capable of reliable measurement ofthe rough surface with measuring range at 250-1000 mm. The sampling frequency is 50 kHz withaccuracy of ±0.05% and 0.5 m repeatability.

The LK-G507 sensor (Figure 1) produces optical power at 0.95 mW (Class II) and user should notlook directly at the laser source. This sensor comprises CCD sensor, lens and optical system. Thelight reflected from the the target passes through the receiver lens and focused on the CCD sensor.The CCD sensor detects the peak value of the light quantity distribution of the beam spot for eachpixel and identifies this as the target position. The position of the reflected light on the CCD sensormoves as the position of the chest wall moves due to the respiration.

The displacement sensor is connected to the sensor controller and serially interfaced to a computerusing NI-VISA. NI-VISA makes serial instrument programming fast and easy. VISA Open, VISA Read,VISA Write, and VISA Close are the basic VISA functions in LabVIEW. Customized software was

developed using LabVIEW to visualise the acquired signals in real time, calculate the respiration rate

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 31 of 318

in real-time and stored the data in computer for further analysis. The peak detection algorithm wasused to detect local maximum of the optical displacement waveform. The instantaneous respirationrate was calculated based on the differences of the positive peaks.

The data acquisition sessions were conducted in the System Design Laboratory, Universiti

Kebangsaan Malaysia. The informed consent was obtained from all subjects who participated in thisstudy after the procedure was clearly explained to them. There were 17 healthy subjects (12 males, 5females) aged between 24 to 55 years old participated in this study. The subjects were asked to sitdown on a chair at 500 mm away from the sensor. The measurement range of this sensor asspecified by the manufacturer was 250- 750 mm. The laser irradiates continuously to the patient’schest wall for 179 seconds. The reflected laser fr om the patient’s chest wall was detected by thesensor and sent to the computer at 45.45 Hz (set by the manufacturer).

Figure 1 Laser displacement sensor, LKG-507 (Keyence, Corp.).

Results & DiscussionsFigure 2 shows the setup of the contactless respiration rate measurement system in the SystemDesign laboratory. The measurement was conducted in sitting position in the measuring range of 250-

1000 mm. The graphical user interface (GUI) of the system during the data acquisition session andthe reflected optical signal from the chest wall is shown in Figure 3. The instantaneous respiration ratein breath per minutes (BPM) was also shown in the same GUI.

The preliminary results showed that the respiration rate measurement using optical methods rangedfrom 12-34 breaths per minute in healthy random subjects as shown in Figure 4. Note that themeasured respiration rates using this technology were still within the minimum and maximum of thehuman respiration rate (6 to 70 breaths per minutes). However, medical data and referencemeasurement method are required in order to validate these results.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 32 of 318

Figure 2 Set-up of the contactless respiration rate measurement in laboratory.

Figure 3 Graphical user interface of the contactless respiration rate measurement device.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 33 of 318

Figure 4 The extracted respiration rate using optical methods. Red lines showed the limit of thehuman respiratory rate and green lines showed the healthy human respiration rate.

ConclusionThis pilot study shows that it is feasible to measure the respiration rate using the optical displacementsensor. The respiration rates measurements using optical method were ranged from 12-34 breathsper minute in healthy randoms subjects. Future works shall focus on the efficacy of motion onrespiration rate by enhancing the digital signal processing technique and established the standard

respiration rate measurement using electrocardiograph or piezoelectric respiration sensor.

References1. Husum, H. et al. 2003. Respiratory rate as a pre-hospital triage tool in rural trauma. Journal oftrauma. Pp 466-470. 2. Isaacs D. Bronchiolitis. BMJ 1995;310:4 – 5.3. Gravelyn TR, Weg JG. Respiratory rate as an indicator of acutec respiratory dysfunction. JAMA1980;244:1123 –5.4. McFadden JP, Price RC, Eastwood HID, et al. Raised respiratory rate in elderly patients: a valuablesign. BMJ 1982;284:626 – 7. 5. Jacqueline D’Mello & Manju Butani. 2002. Capnography. INDIAN JOURNAL OF ANAESTHESIA.46(4): 269-278. 6. Plewa MC, Sikora S, Engoren M, et al. Evaluation of capnography in non-intubated emergencydepartment patients with respiratory distress. Acad Emerg Med 1995;2:901 – 8. 7. Egleston CV, Aslam FIB, Lambert MA. Capnography for monitoring non-intubated spontaneouslybreathing patients in an emergency room setting. J Accid Emerg Med 1997;14:222 – 4.

Author Information:Gan Kok BengUniversiti kebangsaan MalaysiaLevel 2, Faculty of Engineering & Built Environment,43600 Bangi, Selangor, MalaysiaEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 34 of 318

Enhanced Equipment Logger and Controller

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s): Aravind CVMushtakEdwin ChungNadarjanKhumiraTrinetraKamalini *

Products:

NI USB 6008 Multifunctional I/ONI LabVIEW 8.6.1

Challenge:To develop a real time control generic test bench for control of operation of Device Under Test (DUT).The test bench provides the security enhanced operational control of high risk equipment. Thedeveloped system is investigated and evaluated the performance of the system in real time withdifferent loads (low voltage and high voltage applications. To add an RFID module for future securityenhancement.

Solution:

Using NI LabVIEW ®

system design software and the NI USB 6008 Data Acquisition (DAQ) device tobuild the test rig that can quickly investigate the operating condition of the low voltage and highvoltage applications and actuate the controller in even of fault identification/ system identification. Auser interface is developed using LabVIEW tool as front panel for observation and evaluation.

MethodologyThe brief methodology of the working of the developed system module is as shown below. With theRFID reader that encodes two users (typically worker and supervisor/ student and lecturer) thecontroller decodes to actuate a relay circuit that connects the main source supply to the equipmentthrough the MCB. A sensing system is used to measure the vibration, the temperature and the currentto the device under test. In case of any abrupt changes from the set value the LABVIEW interfacewould actuate the controller to isolate the main supply to the equipment.

Figure 1: RFID enabled block diagram representation

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 35 of 318

Figure 2: Flowchart on the process

Figure 3: Block Diagram Representation

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 36 of 318

System Design

The hardware design incorporated with the paper is a rapid prototype where the materials usedcorrelate to the cost as well. Figure 2 shows the system module setup. The test bench comprises of atest platform where various system module used for the system analysis. NI USB 6800 is used as ahardware interface to the system.

Figure 4: Prototype Testing

Sensing SetupThe sensing setup comprises the speed measurement using optical encoder, temperaturemeasurement using LM35, the current measurement using LEM 15-NP current transducer.

Data Handling(a) Data Ac quis i t ionNI USB DAQ is used to communicate the sensor measurements into the LabVIEW developmentenvironment. The USB (NI USB 6008) is a low cost multifunctional data acquisition card (DAQ) whichis used for the purpose of acquiring and capturing the test data to disk for analysis. The NI USB 6008uses the NI-DAQmx driver software that is compatible with LabVIEW. A graphical programminginterface is developed for acquiring the data and are then analysed for appropriate control using theLabVIEW virtual instrumentation board to generate the results.

(b) Data AnalysisThe sensor acquire the raw analog voltage signal from the environment that forms the hardware setupthat is interfaced with a personal computer (Windows OS) via the USB hub using the NI-DAQmxdriver software. The data is analysed through precise calibration and fault identification.

(c) Data Presentat ion A Graphical User Interface (GUI) is developed for user understanding and evaluation of the testmodule in the virtual environmental space. Figure 5 shows the GUI developed for the system moduleunder investigations. The design of the software caters the requirement of the monitoring aspectwhere all the desired parameters are placed and analyzed.

ConclusionWith the help of the LabVIEW Virtual Instrumentation technique a simple enhanced equipmentcontroller and logger is developed for electrical system. Low voltage and high voltage application istested for evaluations of the system under test. The flexible architecture of the National Instrumentshardware and software is utilized for the design for data capturing, manipulation and analysis.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 37 of 318

Figure 5(a): LabVIEW panel displaying an over current

Figure 5(b): Controller design simulation

Figure 5(c): Initial investigation resultsFigure 5: Interface and investigation results

References1. Aravind CV, M. Norhisam, Taylor Harry, Gilbert Thio, John wiselin, “Generic Test Bench for

Condition Monitoring of Electrical Systems” First International conference on Computer andCommunication Technology (ICCCT2012), 30-31 May 2012, Nattalam India .

2. Oilsa I., Aravind CV, Gobbi. R “An investigation on the performance of induction motors usingindustrial components” proceedings of IEEE STUDENT2011 conference 20 -21 Oct2011Malaysia

3. Chan Wei Yip, Aravind CV, Rajparthiban ““ Experimental Investigation of Induction MachineCondition Monitoring for Vibration Analysis” submitted for the International Conference onRecent and Emerging Advanced Technologies in Engineering (iCREATE2009) 23-24November 2009 Malaysia

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 38 of 318

4. Rajparthiban, Aravind CV, Kannan, , “Development of Active RFID module for AutomaticControl Applications” Proceedings of the Fifth IEEE International Colloquium on SignalProcessing and its Applications (CSPA2009), Kuala Lumpur , Malaysia 6-8 March 2009

.Author Information:

Aravind CVTaylors University, Malaysia1 Jalan Taylors, 47500 Subang JayaSelangor Darul Ehsan MalaysiaEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 39 of 318

NI-DAQmx as Controller for the Novel Multi-Type InteriorPermanent Magnet Motor

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):M. NorhisamS. KhodijahN. F. MailahR.Suhairi

Aravind CV

Products:NI USB 6229 Multifunctional I/ONI LabVIEW 8.6.1

Challenge:To develop a NI controller to drive a novel Multi-type Interior Permanent Magnet Motor (MTIPM)developed in the laboratory. The developed controller would serve as a driving unit to operate thedeveloped motor in two modes namely brushless and stepper motor. The MTIPM is a novel motor thatcan operate as both brushless and stepper motor and NI controller should aid the change and controlof the operating mode of the MTIPM

Solution:Using NI LabVIEW ® system design software and the NI USB 6229 Data Acquisition (DAQ) device tobuild the test rig that can quickly investigate the mechanical characteristics of any motor attached tothe test board in real time. A user interface is developed using LABVIEW tool as front panel forobservation and evaluation. A digital scope is connected to the interface that is used.

MethodologyThe brief methodology of the working of the test bench system module is as shown below. Thesystem requires two DC power supplies, each supplying low voltage (LV) and high voltage (HV) toisolate the LV circuitry from damages against the HV. The second component, the driving circuit isresponsible to run the MTIPM motor. As for the third component, a combination of Personal Computer(PC) and Data Acquisition (DAQ) module demonstrate the main controller system of the proposeddesign. A desktop or laptop can be used for the PC while for the DAQ module, the NI USB-6229 DAQ

card is been used.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 40 of 318

A Vdc

HV DC Supply

NI DAQ card(USB-6229)

Drivingcircuit

LV DC SupplyMTIPMmotor

AB

C

HES

Laptop

Figure 1: Block diagram representation of the universal board

H-bridgeInverter

SwitchingcontrolcircuitBLDC

driver

PMSTdriver

NI DAQcard

Motor HV DCsupply

DCchopper

Hall-effectsensor

LV DCsupply

Voltageregulator

/6

/6

/6

/3


System DesignThe main controller system is required to control all the sub-circuits to function as a complete MTIPMmotor driving system. The NI USB-6229 DAQ card is programmed using visual programminglanguage, NI LabVIEW software to control and monitor all the motor behavior when the motor isrunning. The programmed used VI and data interfacing to feedback the motor in real-time. In the NILabVIEW software, the program is built in the form of block diagram, divided into two sub-programswhich are executed at the same time. The control knob for all the functions is display on the frontpanel, available for user to possess all the control and monitor the motor during the experiment.Figure 4 shows the front panel control of the NI LabVIEW virtual programming software.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 41 of 318

Start

MTIPM Motor

Driving Circuit

Circuit Analysis

Ok

Yes

No

Controller Design

MTIPM

BLDC Driver PMST Driver H-br idge Inver ter

SpeedController

SwitchingController

DC Chopper (BLDC)

FrequencyController (PMST)

123456

123456

74HC1571234

78

6

16151413

5 1211109

S1I01I11Y

2YGND

2I1

VccE

4I04I1

2I0 4Y3103I13Y

74HC1571234

78

6

16151413

5 1211109

S1I01I11Y

2YGND

2I1

VccE

4I04I1

2I0 4Y3103I13Y

SelectorTriggering

Signal 5V

5V

123456

D i g i t a l

c o m m u t a t i o n

s i g n a l f r o m

B L D C

m o t o r

D i g i t a l

c o m m u t a t i o n

s i g n a l f r o m

P M S T m o t o r

T o

3 p h a s e

H - b r

i d g e

i n v e r t e r

Figure 3: (a) Flowchart on the test board (b) Controller logic

Figure 4(a): LabVIEW Interface for computing the characteristics

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 42 of 318

Figure 4(b): LabVIEW programming subprogram A

Start

Stop program

Yes

Finish

No

Execute subprogram A

Execute subprogram B

Set parameters

Figure 4(b): LabVIEW programming subprogram B (c): Flowchart Operation

Conclusion

With the help of the LABVIEW Virtual Instrumentation technique a universal test bench that caters toevaluate the performance of the newly designed motor under laboratory environment is developed.The deployed system is helpful to understand the performance of the various designed machine andis highly imperative in the research and development of a number of newly designed machine.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 43 of 318

Figure 5: MTIPM with driver and controller

References1. M. Norhisam, M. Norafiza, M. Syafiq, I. Aris, Abdul Razak J., H. Wakiwaka, M. Nirei,“Comparison on Performance of Two Types Permanent Magnet Generator”, Journal of theJapan Society of Electromagnetic and Mechanics, Vol. 17, Supplement, pp. S73-S76, (2009).

2. M. Norhisam, Sitikhodijah, Nashriren. M. F, Aravind CV, Zare M.R., Wakiwaka H,“Performance Improvement of Torque Characteristics is using the Multi Type InteriorPermanent Magnet Motor”, International Review on Electrical and Electronics (IREE) April2012

3. M. Norhisam, R. Suhairi, Aravind C.V, N. F. Mailah, T. Hanamoto, H. Yamada, Y. Shirai,“Per formance Improvement of a portable electric generator using optimized bio-fuel ratio in asingle cylinder two stroke engine” Journal of Energies, ISSN 1996-1073 Nov.2011

Author Information: Aravind CVTaylors University, Malaysia1Jalan Taylors, 47500 Subang JayaSelangor Darul Ehsan MalaysiaEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 44 of 318

Universal Test Board for Performance Evaluation of MotorCharacteristics Using NI-DAQmx and LABVIEW

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):M.Norhisam

Aravind CVR.N.FirdausM.R.Zare

Products:NI USB 6229 Multifunctional I/O NI LabVIEW 8.6.1

Challenge:To develop a universal test board that would help to evaluate the motor characteristics using the NIDAQ. The developed universal board is to be used as a common platform to test and evaluatedifferent motor characteristics system under laboratory environment.

Solution:Using NI LabVIEW system design software and the NI USB 6229 Data Acquisition (DAQ) device tobuild the test rig that can quickly investigate the mechanical characteristics of any motor attached tothe test board in real time. A user interface is developed using LABVIEW tool as front panel forobservation and evaluation. A digital scope is connected to the interface that is used

MethodologyThe brief methodology of the working of the test bench system module is as shown below. A torquemeter to capture the torque with respect to the encoder position is the sensing system is used tomeasure the torque and speed of the machine under test. An initial calibration is performed for thetorque meter before starting of the experimentation.

Test MachineIncremental

Encoder Torquesensor

81

83

85

93

NI Terminal(USB 6229 M Series)

96

15

16

Laptop

Incremental loadingunit

AC SupplyHz Vac ADigital

Oscilloscope 2ch(Tektronix TDS1002)

Amplifier

G4

G3

G2

G1

F100

F110

I/V2/4VOUTGND

AC (P)AC (N)

Measurement line

Power line

Data line

10 k-ohms

10 k-ohms

10 k-ohms

Figure 1: Block diagram representation of the universal board

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 45 of 318

Motor undertest

Contactor Mains SourceTorque Meter Encoder

Amplifier DAQ(NIUSB6229)

SoftwareInterface

Oscilloscope

Figure 2: Flowchart on the test board

Encoder

DAQ(NI USB 6229)

Torque

Sensor Set-up

LABVIEW MODULE

Oscilloscope

Graphical User Interface

DataHandling

A C QU IR E

A N A L YSI S

D ISPL A Y

Position

Torque Meter UniversalTest Board


System Design

The hardware design of the universal test bench is as shown in Figure 4. Several motors designed,optimised and fabricate in the laboratory scale is tested for their performance evaluations. Themachine under test in the Figure 4 is a novel double rotor switched reluctance motor developedrecently. The test bench comprises of a test platform where various system module used for thesystem analysis. NI USB 6229 is used as a hardware interface to the system.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 46 of 318

Figure 4: Developed Test Bench

Sensing SetupThe sensing setup comprises the torque meter and a position encoder. The torque meter adapted tothe LabVIEW interface through an amplifier and is calibrated for the use.

Data Handling(a) Data Acq uisi t io nNI USB DAQ is used to communicate the sensor measurements into the LabVIEW developmentenvironment. The USB (NI USB 6229) is a low cost multifunctional data acquisition card (DAQ) whichis used for the purpose of acquiring and capturing the test data to disk for analysis. The NI USB 6229uses the NI-DAQmx driver software that is compatible with LabVIEW. A graphical programminginterface is developed for acquiring the data and are then analysed for appropriate control using theLabVIEW virtual instrumentation board to generate the results.

(b) Data An alysisThe sensor acquire the raw analog voltage signal from the environment that forms the hardware setupthat is interfaced with a personal computer (Windows OS) via the USB hub using the NI-DAQmxdriver software. The data is analysed through precise calibration and fault identification.

(c) Data Presentat ion A Graphical User Interface (GUI) is developed for user understanding and evaluation of the testmodule in the virtual environmental space. Figure 5 shows the GUI developed for the system moduleunder investigations. The design of the software caters the requirement of the monitoring aspectwhere all the desired parameters are placed and analyzed.

ConclusionWith the help of the LABVIEW Virtual Instrumentation technique a universal test bench that caters toevaluate the performance of the newly designed motor under laboratory environment is developed.The deployed system is helpful to understand the performance of the various designed machine andis highly imperative in the research and development of a number of newly designed machine.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 47 of 318

Figure 5(a): LabVIEW Interface for computing the characteristics

Figure 5(b): Toque characteristics

References1. M. Norhisam, Suahiri, R. N. Firdaus, Aravind CV, Wakiwaka, M. Nirei , “Comparative

Evaluation on power-speed density of portable permanent magnet generators for agriculturalapplication” Progress in Electromagnetic Research

2. M. Norhisam, Sitikhodijah, Nashriren. M. F, Aravind CV, Zare M.R., Wakiwaka H,“Performance Improvement of Torque Characteristics is using the Multi Type InteriorPermanent Magnet Motor”, International Review on Electrical and Electronics (IREE) April2012

3. M.R. Zare, M. Norhisam, Aravind CV, M. Norman, I. Aris , Wakiwaka “Optimization of MoverParameter s in High Thrust Density Transverse Flux Linear Motor by Genetic Algorithm”International Review on Electrical and Electronics (IREE) April 2012

4. Aravind CV, Norhisam M, H. Marhaban, I. Aris, “Analytical Design of Double Rotor SwitchedReluctance Motor usi ng Optimal Pole Arc Values” International Review in Electrical andElectronics (IREE) Feb 2012

5. M. Norhisam, R. Suhairi, Aravind C.V, N. F. Mailah, T. Hanamoto, H. Yamada, Y. Shirai,“Performance Improvement of a portable electric generator using optimized bio -fuel ratio in asingle cylinder two stroke engine” Journal of Energies, ISSN 1996-1073 Nov.2011

6. Aravind CV, Rajparthiban, Gilbert Thio “ Health Monitoring of Induction Motor for Vibration Analysis” Journal of Electrical Engineering (JEE) Sep 2010

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 48 of 318

Author Information: Aravind CVTaylors University, Malaysia1Jalan Taylors, 47500 Subang JayaSelangor Darul Ehsan Malaysia

Email: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 49 of 318

A Web Based Laboratory for Temperature Control FrequencyResponse Analysis

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):Rohaiza BaharudinIza Sazanita Isa

Afaf Rozan RadzolNorhazimi Hamzah

Products:NI ELVIS DAQNI ELVIS IILabVIEW version 7.0

Challenge: A Control System course is highly theoretical and contained abstract concepts that require practicalsessions to ensure understanding. However, hands-on laboratories which are the most commonpractice in engineering education providing actual experimentation experience have huge drawbacksin terms of high costing associated with the required equipments, space and maintenance.

Solution:This paper described the design and implementation of remote laboratory in learning and teaching ofcontrol system theory for Electrical Engineering Diploma students in Universiti Teknologi Mara. Anavailable control systems related experiment "Frequency Response Analysis" is chosen to be theinitial prototype and is designed based on the problem faced by the staffs and the available facilities.It is expected to enhance the conventional learning and teaching method and optimize the use ofavailable resources.

AbstractControl System Theory is a compulsory subject to be taken by engineering students in variousdisciplines. However to relate the theoretical knowledge with the real control system application isvery challenging in a conventional faced to faced pedagogy due to the time, facilities, cost andlocation constraint. This paper discusses the design and implementation of a Web based to supporttheoretical knowledge during lecture session. This project uses the capabilities of LabVIEW software

and data acquisition card to obtain the measurement of the actual hardware in the laboratory andmake it available through the Web. As a result, instructors are able to demonstrate the integration oftheoretical knowledge and actual application through Web-based experiments with a significantreduced in time requirement and cost.

Experiment Set UpIn the designed experiment set up, open loop frequency response concept as shown in Figure 1 isutilized. The output voltage, Vo of a linear system to a sinusoidal input voltage, Vi is a sinusoid of thesame frequency but with a different magnitude and phase.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 51 of 318

Figure 3: Prototype operation flowchart

Prior to conducting the remote experiment, the students will be given a pre-test. The questions arerelated to the frequency response theories which are designed to ensure that the students areprepared with the required knowledge. Students who passed the pre-test are then can proceed withthe remote experiment. An experiment manual is also prepared to assist the students with theprocedures. Upon completion of the experiment, the students are required to fill in an evaluation form

to measure the effectiveness and user satisfaction of the developed system. Both, pre-test andevaluation form are designed on the Web.

Result and Discussion A remote lab prototype for Frequency Response of a Temperature Control System experiment issuccessfully designed to complement the teaching and learning process of control system courseoffered to electrical engineering diploma’s student at UiTM Pulau Pinang. Using the prototype s et up,the remote user will request connection from the host PC. Once connection is established, the remoteuser will view the vi front panel through html window. Figure 4 and 5 shown the developed front paneland block diagram for frequency response remote lab respectively.

The front panel shows the input and output waveforms of the system. From the graph, the studentscan observe that the output of frequency response is a sine wave with different amplitude and phase.The students are required to vary the input signal frequency and measure the magnitude and phaseof the frequency response. By varying the frequency, the student will observe that the amplitude andthe phase of the output waveform are also varying. The obtained measurement is then used tomanually plot the system Bode diagram. To ease the students, numeric indicators displaying all therequired measurement for sketching the system Bode diagram such as Magnitude (dB), phase (deg)and frequency (rad/sec) are available on the front panel.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 52 of 318

Figure 4: Front Panel of Frequency Response

Figure 5: Block diagram of frequency response

This Web-based experiment offers a few advantages and also solves the problem faced by the faculty.Conducting the experiment remotely give significant reduction in terms of the time taken. It takes only30 minutes per user to complete the experiment instead of 1 hour with the conventional hands-on labprocedure. This is because the students are no longer required to set-up the experiment equipmentsbefore taking the measurement. Therefore, more students can access and conducted the experimentwithin the specified lab period. In addition, this Web-based experiment also can reduce the costrequired to develop the experiment set-up. Using Web based lab, usage of function generator and

oscilloscope to generate input signal and display output signal, respectively can be eliminated and

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 53 of 318

replace with PCs. Only host PC must be equipped with LabVIEW software. This can reduced the costup to 45% of the total cost.

Yet, the most significant advantage of Web-based lab is its flexibility in terms of facilities usage sincethe remote users can access the host PC from anywhere in the Local Area Network (LAN). Only a

small space is required to set up the host PC and the experiment ’s equipments. This will allow thecurrent used lab to be utilized by other courses and further reduce the space congestion problem. Thetechnician will turn on the host PC and experiment set up at a specific allocated time to allow accessfor the remote users. The users can choose to run the experiment from a remote PC during theallocated time from anywhere within the LAN. This feature allows better time flexibility compared tothe conventional hands-on lab.

To verify the functionality of the developed system, a comparative study has been conducted toevaluate the measurement accuracy between the remote and conventional lab. From Table 1,measurement obtained from the remote lab shows a significant difference from the conventional labmeasurement, especially for the phase difference measurement. The difference is might be due to thedelay experience in transferring data from the equipment to the PC through the DAQ card and viceversa. However for both techniques, the magnitude and phase difference measurement exhibitdecreasing trends which are very important in sketching a Bode diagram and describing the systemstability.

Table 1: Measurement evaluation

A remote laboratory for the frequency response experiment has been developed using the LabVIEWsoftware. It enables the access of the experiment from the Web where users can interact with theactual experiment set-up remotely. The users are able to measure and display the input outputresponse of the system graphically on a remote PC. Even though, the measurement obtained do notgive satisfactory results in term of accuracy, the decreasing measurement trend for both reading issufficient to be used in explaining Bode diagram concept which is the main objective of theexperiment. And yet the system is developed within the available resources and significantly reducesthe cost and the time taken to conduct experiment.

Author Information:Rohaiza BaharudinUniversiti Teknologi Mara (UiTM)Penang Campus. 13500,Permatang Pauh, Pulau PinangEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 54 of 318

Wireless, Web-based, Real-time, and Internet Accessible SystemPlatform for Monitoring and Control

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s): K. KamarudinW.M. Nooriman

Products:NI cRIO9075LabVIEW 2011NI RIO 4.0NI Real-Time Module 2011NI FPGA Module 2011NI Run-Time Engine for Web Service 4.0.0

Challenge:Developing a wireless, web-based, real-time, and internet accessible system platform that is able tomonitor sensor readings and control actuators for determining the optimum surrounding conditions forGreen House plantations.

Solution:Using NI cRIO9075 , a LabVIEW Real-Time program is ran to periodically capture the sensor data andcontrol the devices (e.g fan, pump and sprinkler) manually or automatically. The NI cRIO9075 alsoserves Web-Service VI to allow the user to perform these monitoring and control tasks through a localor internet connectivity.

AbstractHave you ever dream of doing research from home or anywhere in the world? Do you ever think ofmanaging your system using your mobile device? Yes, it is now possible with National Instruments(NI) products. Thanks to NI for their great Compaq Rio device able to run a real time program andsimultaneously serve Web-Services for Web-Based application.

In this project we aimed to provide a platform for researchers in UniMAP to remotely monitor andcontrol the surrounding conditions in the Green House. Any researcher will be able to view and

download the sensor output data (e.g humidity, temperature and carbon dioxide level) and control thefans, sprinklers or pumps manually or automatically.

Since the application is developed using web-service, the researchers will be able to view theapplication (in Web form) using any web-enabled device such as iPhone, iPad and computer throughinternet connection.

InspirationThe idea of developing this remote monitoring and control system platform is mainly inspired by thedistant location of Green House in Sungai Chuchuh, Perlis. We wanted to be able to view the livesensor readings, download long-termed stored data and change the surrounding conditions from

Kangar which is 40 minutes away from the target location. The development of this system platform

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 55 of 318

has proven to reduce the transportation cost and time required to perform certain research tasks aswell as allowing the researchers to comfortably gain control to the Green House at home or office.

The inspiration is strengthened due to the length of experiment required in agriculture-based research. A researcher normally takes a period of few months or even years to observe the change in behavior

or productivity of the crops after changing any parameters. Thus, using this system, ones would beable to constantly observe the Green House’s surrounding condition anywhere and anytime even atnight or early in the morning.

Why Web ServiceNational Instruments offered at least 2 solutions for controlling a system through internet connectivity.The descriptions of both types are explained as follows:

1. Remote Panel – Operate a front panel on a machine that is separate from where the VIexecutes (in this case cRIO9075 ). In addition, the front panel can also be embedded into aweb page and operated within that page.

2. Web Service - Web services enable the invocation of a method on a remote target usingstandard Web-based protocols. A client sends a request to a remote server, which processesthe request and replies with a response, which is then interpreted and displayed by the clientapplication.

We chose Web Service in preference to Remote Panel since it offers several advantages as follow:1) Unlimited number of access to the application2) No LabVIEW run-time engine or plug- in required in the client’s device 3) Application is accessible using any web-enabled device4) Web site can be custom made and easily expandable5) Minimal data transfer

However, the implementation of a complete web application system is challenging since it requiresexpertise in LabVIEW RT , LabVIEW Web Services and thin-client interface (e.g html, java and flash)to interpret and display information.

ControllerThe NI cRIO9075 is a real time controller and the only controller used in this system. We decided touse this controller as it is rugged, compact and outdoor capable device. These criteria are importantas we wanted to implement the system in a green house under hot and humid weather in Malaysiathroughout the year. We also wanted to avoid the use of computer as it is unsuitable for outdoor andbulky.

The NI cRIO9075 has also fulfilled our software specifications particularly;

1) Having large internal memory of up to 256 MB. This aspect is vital for storing the long-termed sensor data.

2) Capable of running Real Time application3) Capable of serving Web Service or Remote Panel for remote connectivity.

Apart from these advantages, the NI cRIO9075 is also ideal as it is a reconfigurable FPGA chassisable to work with numerous C series modules. This specific characteristic fulfills the requirements forthe Green House system; which uses numerous types of sensors and actuator.

Hardware ArchitectureThe overall hardware architecture of the system is shown in Figure 1. The cRIO9075 is connected to

a Router which has access to the internet. This approach of network architecture allows data transfer

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 56 of 318

between the users and cRIO9075 through local and internet connectivity.

Figure 1: Hardware Architecture of the Green House Intelligent Control System

The controller is connected to fans, sprinklers and water pumps. The fans are typically used to lowerthe temperature of the Green House while the Sprinklers are added to adjust the humidity andtemperature as required. The water pumps are needed for watering the plants. All these actuatorscan be turned on and off manually via the so-called web application. Several sensors are also addedto the system so that the user will be able to monitor the surrounding conditions inside the GreenHouse particularly humidity, temperature, carbon dioxide level and soil moisture potential.

Researchers may want also want to view image or video inside the Green House for certain researchtask. Therefore, a powerful Axis Dome Network Camera is used and mounted on the top of theGreen House. The camera features fast pan and tilt functionality, 29x optical zoom, as well as beingable to provide a 360 ° field of view that covers the whole house. Extra functionality such as low-lightView is also available thus enabling the researcher to observe the plants during the night.

Software ArchitectureFigure 2 illustrates the software architecture of the system. The cRIO9075 acts as the main controllerwhere the LabVIEW Real Time program (Main.VI) (refer Figure 3) is loaded and ran. The programfunctions as to periodically gather data from the sensors, turn on and off the actuators according touser requests and store the data (every 30 minutes) in an output file.

Local User

InternetUser

Sensors (Humidity,Temperature, CO2 Level

and Soil Moisture)

Router

NI cRIO9075

Fans

Sprinklers

Water Pumps

Network

Camera

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 57 of 318

Figure 2: Software Architecture of the Green House Intelligent Control System

Figure 3: Front Panel and Block Diagram of the Main.VI that is loaded as RT program in NI cRIO9075

The controller also serves web services VI which ran upon request from the user’s web interface.These web service VIs interacts with the continuously running LabVIEW RT program through SharedVariable. For example, when there is a request from a user to turn on the sprinkler, the Web ServiceVI will executes and updates the state of the sprinkler in the Shared Variable. The LabVIEW RT

program which checks the variable periodically senses the change; hence turning on the sprinkler.

LabVIEW RTApplication

(Main.vi)

LabVIEWWeb Services

SharedVariables

Re uest

Response

WebInterface

(html)

NI cRIO9075

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 60 of 318

Figure 6: VIEW DATA Page Showing the Live Sensor Readings

ConclusionThe usage of National Instruments products has been proven to ease and speed up the developmentof this complex system. The cRIO9075 device pleasantly fulfills all the specifications andrequirements needed as to allow a wireless, web-based, real-time and internet accessiblemanagement. The system works excellently and is being used by a number of UniMAP’s staffs andstudents for research purposes. Through slight modifications to the programs, the same system canbe used for a different project requiring remote monitoring and control feature.

Author Information:Kamarulzaman KamarudinUniversiti Malaysia Perlis (UniMAP)Taman MuhibbahJejawi, 02600, ArauPerlis, MalaysiaEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 61 of 318

Using LabVIEW to build Bluetooth Pulse Oximeter MonitoringSystem

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s): Ng Choong Hao, StudentRodney Tan Hean Gay , Advisor

Products:National Instrument LabVIEW 2011, version 11(32-bits)

Challenge:Embedded Pulse Oximeter using Bluetooth protocol transmits wirelessly to LabVIEW for continuesmonitor Photoplethysmograph (PPG), Heart Rate (bpm), and SpO2.

Solution:Develop a portable wireless Pulse Oximeter monitor system using the NI LabVIEW VISA serialcommunication to receive signal from Bluetooth with Serial Port Profile (SSP). Develop the calculationin LabVIEW to calculate the Heart Rate (bpm) and Percentage of Oxygen Saturation (SpO2).

AbstractThis project is to use the NI LabVIEW VISA serial communication to communicate with Bluetoothmodule. The PPG data that collected from Bluetooth, instead of showing the PPG graph, the programalso will do the calculation in order to show the result of Heart Rate and SpO2 in LabVIEW. InLabVIEW, low pass filter is used for remove the noise. The SpO2 is calculated by computing the ACand DC components of both the red and infrared LEDs corresponding PPG signals. The pulse rate isdetermined by time domain peak detection algorithm in LabVIEW signal processing module.

IntroductionPulse Oximeter is one of the most important technological advances on vital signs monitoring. It iscommon medical measurement equipment that measure pulse rate and oxygen level. Continuousmeasurement of oxygen level and pulse rate is very important for aged people, pregnant women andin many other critical situations. It can be used in Hospital, clinic, or home. The hardwareimplementation is requires two frequencies of light (Red and Infra-red) to determine the heart rate andthe percentage of hemoglobin in the blood that is saturated with oxygen. Bluetooth communication

between LabVIEW is a value added function in order to make the system become more convenience.By adding the function of wireless monitor, the systems become easier for doctor to monitor thehemoglobin percentage saturated with oxygen of patient to detect hypoxemia after damage occurs. Inthis paper, is to develop a low cost and a portable wireless pulse oximeter system.

Pulse Oximeter Operation:The pulse oximeter measures the quantity of O2 combined with hemoglobin, this is why this is arelative measurement, because it is a relation between the amount of hemoglobin and the amount ofhemoglobin combined with oxygen. The SpO2 is to calculate the abortion of light in two wavelengths.These two lights with different wavelength are to be passed through the finger. Most of the Light isabsorbed by the connective tissue, skin, bone, and blood in a constant quantity. So it is produced a

small increase of absorption with each heart pulse, this means the presence of the arterial pulse in

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 62 of 318

order the sensor to acquire any signal. According with the wavelength used to measure, thespectrophotometric spectrum can be ultraviolet, visible or infrared. I select 660nm visible red and940nm infrared is because in the previous research, 660nm visible red and 940nm infrared have ahigh possible to success the SpO2 measurement.

Normally pulse oximeter are quite exacts in the range between 70% and 99% because it is not right toget the test subjects to harder hypoxemia situations. Pulse Oximeter is an efficient method tomeasure the Oxygen Saturation with close results than obtained if using blood gas analysis. The onlydisadvantage of this method is measurements are affected by patient movement, environmental lightand bad blood perfusion. This device takes long between 10 and 90 seconds on detecting harddeoxygenating situation.

Hardware System:Pulse oximeter hardware is partition into two parts which are front end and back end. In the front enddesign, according to previous study, the oxygenated blood has different light absorptioncharacteristics than deoxygenated blood under visible red and infra-red wavelengths. So, the twoLEDs (red and infrared) are included on the patient’s finger and a photo detector on opposite side.The analog signal processing and the amplification are needed to perform in order to remove thenoise before send the signal into MCU. So, the clean voltage signal which is Photoplethysmograph(PPG). It is going to send into MCU for further process.

While in the back end part, ATMEGA1284 is need in order to store the large amount of array from ADC input. Hence, two LEDs (red and IR) data are collected, so two times of USART function isperform for the communication between Bluetooth module and MCU. The collected data will be allsend to the LabVIEW by Bluetooth Module. Besides that, the calculation in the MCU also will be donein order to show the Pulse Rate and SpO2 in LCD module.

LabVIEW Program Overview:LabVIEW program in Figure 1 is partitioned into 3 parts:

1. Data acquisition (Infra-red Led data) - 3 second Signal processing Heart rate calculation algorithm

2. Data acquisition (Red Led data) – 1.5 second ●Signal processing ●SpO2 calculation algorithm

3. Signal presentation and result display (heart rate and SpO2)

In first part, Infra-red LED data is sent from the Bluetooth module. VISA serial communication VI blockis uses to receive the data. The received data from VISAVI is just a brunch of array without timeinformation. It is 10147 bytes data receive by LabVIEW. It needs the Build Waveform VI block addingtime stamp information between each data. It will receive the complete 3 second Infra-red LED signalinformation.

The next part is signal processing from build waveform VI block, the time interval between data pointsin the waveform is depend on my MCU collection time, which is 0.0002s for 5000 samples/second.The waveform is store into an array. The waveform is also converted into dynamic data for express VIsignal processing. An IIR Lowpass Butterworth with 35Hz cutoff frequency is used in order to removethe noise. Then, the Extract Portion of Signal VI is used for removing motion artifacts patient

movement.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 63 of 318

The PPG waveform also will be display after the Extract Portion block. The next part is the pulse ratecalculation algorithm. The heart rate measure is in beats per minute (bpm). The Amplitude and LevelMeasurement VI is used for determine the threshold value. Any value that higher than the thresholdwill be detected by Peak Detection Algorithm VI block in LabVIEW.

The period can be calculated by time difference between first peak and the second peak. Besides that,the “AC and DC” component for the infra -red led data also had been determined for SpO2 calculation. A DC component is caused by the constant absorbance and an AC component is caused by the pulsevariation.

In second part, VISA serial communication VI block is use again for collect red LED data. It is 5072bytes data receive by LabVIEW. The red LED data is also need to pass through the Build WaveformVI block in order to build the actually waveform on time. It is using the same time interval betweendata points in the waveform is depend on my MCU collection time, which is 0.0002s for 5000samples/second. This red data also need the 35Hz Lowpass Butterworth filter to remove the noise.Next, the Amplitude and Level Measurement VI is also used for determine the threshold value, “ACand DC” component for the red led data.

Then, the next part is calculation algorithm of SpO2. T he calculation is need the “AC and DC” fromred LED data, and the “AC and DC” value from Infra -red LED data. The relation between these twocomponents results in the quotient of absorption can be calculated by equation R = (AC/DC) red /(AC/DC) IR. Then, the empirical data is referenced in order to find the percentage of oxygenation. Thecalibration curve was obtained from the graph and corresponding equation SpO2 (%) =10.002 R 3-52.887 R 2 + 26.817 R + 98.293 -2.

For the last part, another while loop is require for the PPG signal presentation. The signal data is fromthe stored array. The graph signal will keep repeat the old data until the new array replace in it so thatthe continuous display of data will be present with animation. Lastly, display of the Heart Rate (bpm),and the SpO2 in the end of the program. For the Heart rate, it only allows data more than 40 bpm andless than 110 bpm display in the front panel. While for the SpO2, it allows 70% between 99% todisplay in front panel.

ConclusionNo NI DAQ device is requiring for data acquisition in this Bluetooth system. The low cost Bluetoothpulse oximeter is effective enough to detect heart rate and SpO2. With LabVIEW, Bluetooth pulseoximeter is reliable medical measure equipment. This program showing that continuous wirelessmonitor can be monitored when the LabVIEW program is set to run. I hope this program will use in thenext generation Pulse Oximeter monitoring system.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 64 of 318

Figure1: LabVIEW Program

Figure 2: LabVIEW User Interface

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 66 of 318

Bluetooth ECG Monitoring System Based on LABVIEW

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):Cheah Chin Giap, studentRodney Tan Hean Gay, advisor

Products:NI LabVIEW version 11.0 (32bit)

Challenge:Designing and developing a 3 Lead Electrocardiogram (ECG) system to monitor ECG waveform andheart rate in LabVIEW wirelessly through Bluetooth protocol.

Solution:Using VISA to control the serial instruments for capturing Bluetooth data sent from ECG front enddevice with Serial Port Profile (SPP), express virtual instrument to process the ECG data receivedfrom VISA and also provide algorithms for calculate heart rate.

AbstractThis paper introduces the application of Bluetooth as wireless ECG monitoring, the concept of usingvirtual instrument for ECG data acquisition, and also the data processing and algorithm that used invirtual instruments for real world application. The idea of using Bluetooth and VISA allow us for notusing the NI DAQ device for data acquisition. The aim is to provide a new approach for students to

fully understand an alternative way of signal acquisition, and also signal processing in biomedicalresearch.

IntroductionECG is a measurement of the electrical activity of the heart muscle obtained from the surface of skin.ECG play an important role in medical as it can used to measure the rate and regularity of heart beats,it can also is a useful tools for diagnostic on human heart abnormalities or research. ECG machinewhich used to record ECG from patient is commonly used in hospital, medical center and also clinic.In modern days, the ECG machine is reduced in size and become more compact as technologychanged. In this paper, a low-cost, portable, and compact ECG device will be used and enabledBluetooth connectivity for PC monitoring.

About ECG MeasurementThe standard type of ECG measurement is called the 12-Lead ECG system. 12 Lead is define as 12different ECG waveform obtained from the measurement, which is: Lead I, II, III, aVR, aVL, aVF, V1,V2, V , V4, V5, and V6, these waveform generally describe the whole activity of the human’s hearts.

All the 12 Lead can be describe into three parts: bipolar limb leads (frontal plane, Lead I to III),augmented unipolar limb leads (frontal plane, Lead aVR, aVL, aVF), and unipolar chest lead(horizontal plane, Lead V1 to V6). Each leads obtained from the measurement will contain informationof the heart’s muscle when in operation, physicist or doctor will start diagnose from the results.

There will need to be total of 6 wires with electrode connected to patient chest in order to measure theunipolar chest lead and augmented unipolar limb lead, while the bipolar limb lead has 4 wires

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 68 of 318

Low pass digital IIR filter VI 80Hz cut off frequency 10 order Chebyshev filter Used to filter muscle noise

Wavelet Detrend VI Threshold frequency = 0.796 Wavelet = db06 Used to remove baseline wondering

Wavelet Denoise VI Transform type = UWT Wavelet = db06 Levels = 8 Soft Threshold enabled

Threshold rule = Minimax Rescaling method = multiple levels Option for approx. = none Used to remove wideband noise

Extract Portion of Signal VI Begin sample at sample number 2400 Duration = remaining samples Used to capture portion of signal for ignoring border distortion

Amplitude and Level Measurement VI

Used to extract positive peak and negative peak information for heart rate calculation.

After the signal processing, a waveform graph can be wired to the output of the Extract Portion ofSignal VI for ECG waveform monitoring. Besides, the waveform data is saved into an array for datapresentation purpose. The array will be called in the other parallel while loop to scroll the waveformdata, in order to animate the signal acquired for data presentation.

The process is then move to the third part of the program, which is the heart rate calculation algorithm.Heart rate is measure in beats per minute (bpm), the period of the heart beat will need to obtainbefore converted into bpm, which is basically 60 divide by period (in second). By using the peak andvalley detector VI, it is able to extract the peak and valley location from the signal with given threshold

value from Amplitude and Level Measurement VI. With peak and valley location from the signal, it isable to determine the period of the signal by calculate the time between two peaks and two valleys. Inresult, the heart rate calculated based on peak and valley will be obtained.

The reason for having peak and valley detection for heart rate is to ensure the system can able todetermine the heart rate from some high Q or S wave, which is consider rare case. Since there aretwo heart rate results obtained from the ECG signal, the forth part of the LabVIEW program need topick and select one of the results for display in front panel. In the design, the program will choose thepeak based heart rate as highest priority. If the heart rate determine from peak is not accurate (notbetween 40-140bpm), it will then choose the valley based heart rate for display. If both peak andvalley based heart rate is not accurate, it will display 0bpm instead.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 69 of 318

Conclusion:In conclusion, the compact ECG device is effective enough to detect ECG signal from patient andsend to PC with Bluetooth. The LabVIEW is able to capture the ECG data from Bluetooth connection,

process, and also calculate the heart rate. In result, it is also proved that Bluetooth serialcommunication could able to interface with LabVIEW without the need of DAQ card. In userexperience, the user could able to monitor their ECG waveform and also their heart rate.

Figure 1: LabVIEW front panel interface when operating

Figure 2: LabVIEW block diagram

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 70 of 318

Figure 3: The Bluetooth ECG Monitoring System setup (bipolar limb lead, LEAD I)

Author Information:

Cheah Chin GiapUCSI UniversityUCSI University (North Wing), Lot 12734, Taman Taynton View56000 CherasEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 71 of 318

Mobile-Controlled Lighting System

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):Low Chern Yee, Student

Ang Ming Joo, StudentRodney Tan Hean Gay, Advisor

Products:NI LabVIEW 2009NI LabVIEW Mobile Module

Challenge:

Nowadays, most lighting controllers in the market implements infrared wireless technology which hasshort effective range, and requires a direct line of sight between communicating devices. Conversely,remote control of lighting system using communication technologies such as Global System for MobileCommunication (GSM) is a tedious and money-consuming task. As a result, alternative system shouldbe developed in order to control, and monitor a building’s lighting system wirelessly and remotely.

Solution: NI LabVIEW Mobile Mod ule and NI LabVIEW 2009 are used to develop a wireless and remote smartlighting system by using Bluetooth technology on Windows-based smart phone, and PC/notebookrespectively. On the other hand, VIRemote which is an iOS app developed by ThrowLab is used tocontrol, and monitor the lighting system wirelessly, and remotely using iOS-based devices.

Abstract Mobile-Controlled Lighting System is a revolutionary system which incorporates the use of mobiledevice, and smart sensors in order to automate lighting system. Different lighting profiles whichintegrate time-based control and occupancy, daylighting control can be set with the use of smartphone or notebook. NI LabVIEW 2009 and NI LabVIEW Mobile Modu le have been utilized indesigning a graphical user interface (GUI) as well as sending user commands to, and receivingsystem’s feedback from the microcontroller wirelessly. Microcontroller will interpret user selection, andautomate lighting system based on the chosen lighting profile. In addition, VIs developed byThrowLab have been included inside the NI LabVIEW 2009 to enable remote control of LabVIEW GUIusing iOS devices over wireless local area network (LAN) or wide area network (WAN).

IntroductionIn this tech-savvy world, mobile technologies such as mobile phone or notebook have become anindispensable part of everyday life. Hence, these mobile technologies can play a crucial role indeveloping a smart lighting system. In this project, a remote and smart lighting system has beencreated where a building’s lighting system can be controlled wirelessly and remotely with the use ofsmart phone or notebook.

This smart lighting system, named Mobile-Controlled Lighting System will provide the consumersincreased comfort and convenience especially for the disabled, and the elderly people. Besides that,operational, and energy efficiency can be optimized by developing a remote system for controlling,and monitoring a building’s lighting system.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 72 of 318

In this project, a user-friendly GUI has been created on the notebook and mobile phone by using NILabV IEW 2009 , and NI LabVIEW Mobile Modu le . With this GUI, user will be able to select differentlighting profiles, adjust the real-time clock time if there is a deviation between the actual time and thereal-time clock time, and monitor various status of the lighting system.

The two software named NI LabVIEW 2009 and NI LabVIEW Mobile Modu le are of paramountimportance in developing this system. With these software which utilizing graphical programminglanguage, other text-based programming languages such as .NET language or Java Micro-editiondoes not need to be learnt, thus saving a huge amount of time in developing this system.

System Overview

Figure 1 shows the complete system overview of Mobile-Controlled Lighting System. It comprisesseveral basic elements: a home server computer with NI LabVIEW installed, remote client computerswhich connect to the Web server via LAN/WAN, Windows-based with Bluetooth enabled smartphones or iOS-based mobile devices, sensors, and microcontroller.

Figure 1 Complete System Overview of Mobile-Controlled Lighting System

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 73 of 318

The communication between users and the system can be established via a mobile phone or laptop. A Windows-based smart phones is capable of control, and monitor the system wirelessly viaBluetooth wherever in home or in office. User commands are transmitted from the home servercomputer or mobile phone, processed, and then sent to the microcontrollers. Microcontroller willinterpret user selection, and automate lighting system based on the chosen lighting profile. Besides

that, microcontroller will also se nd the system’s status back to the home server computer or mobilephone, thus the system can be monitored in real time.

On the other hand, notebooks, and iOS-based mobile devices are capable to communicate with thesystem via LAN or WAN through the home server computer. In this case, user will have to know theInternet Protocol (IP) address of the router where the home server computer is connected to. This canbe accomplished by sending an email with the content ‘Send My Home IP’ [email protected] . Once the email is received, the NI LabVIEW in the home servercomputer will process, and reply the email with the IP address of the home server router.

Results and DiscussionThe GUIs of Mobile-Controlled Lighting System in NI LabVIEW 2009 and NI LabVIEW MobileModule are shown in Figure 2. Remote client will be accessing the GUI shown on the left of Figure 2on their Web-enabled devices or iOS-based mobile devices while client using Windows-based mobilephone will be accessing the GUI shown on the right of Figure 2.

From Figure 2, it can be observed that four customized Boolean controls have been created, that are‘Control’, ‘Change Time’, ‘Monitoring’, and ‘Exit’ Bo olean controls. Different pages will appear whenuser clicks on different Boolean control. By default, the ‘Control’ page will appear every time theprogram is run for the first time as shown in Figure 2 . On the other hand, the ‘Change Time’ page willshow a customized control which enables users to modify the DS1307 RTC time if there is a deviationbetween the actual time and the DS1 07 RTC time. The ‘Monitoring’ page will show the status of thelight bulb, the mode chosen as well as the time and date of DS1307 in three different string indicators.When user clicks on the Exit Boolean control, LabVIEW will stop executing the program.

Figure 2 GUI of Mobile-Controlled Lighting System in NI LabVIEW 2009 and in NI LabVIEW MobileModule

There are several customized Boolean controls which represent different lighting profiles. Theselighting profiles include:

1. Always On: Turns the light permanently on.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 74 of 318

2. Always Off: Turns the light permanently off.3. Green: Automatically turns the light off when there is sufficient daylight. This mode requires

the utilization of LDR sensor.4. Energy Saving: Automatically turns the light on when occupant is detected. This mode

requires the utilization of pyroelectric sensor.

5. Vacation: Creates a very realistic impression of occupancy by periodically turning the light onor off.6. Good Morning: Automatic timer activates the light at preset times. This mode requires the

utilization of DS1307 RTC chip.7. Scheduled: Automatically turns the light on/off according to the scheduled time set by the

user.8. Dimmer: Vary the brightness of the light.

Figure 3 shows the NI LabVIEW Software Block Diagram of Mobile-Controlled Lighting System. TheVI block diagram can be divided into two main parts: transmitting and receiving of data as well assending and receiving of email. The system uses the NI LabVIEW VISA function to configure theCOM port in order to send and receive data from the microcontroller wirelessly via a Bluetooth module.The baud rate of the COM port is set at 19,200 bps, 8-bit data, no parity mode, and 1 stop bit.

The second part of the block diagram focuses on email sending and receiving. NI LabVIEW .NETfunction has been used to receive, and send email from [email protected] . POP3Clienthas been used to read, and process the received email. If the content of the email is ‘Send My HomeIP’, the NI LabVIEW Data Socket function will be used to retrieve the home server IP address fromhttp://www.whatsmyip.us/ . This IP address will then be sent to the email sender by using SMTPClient.

Figure 3 Software Block Diagram of Mobile-Controlled Lighting System in NI LabVIEW 2009

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 75 of 318

Figure 4 Software Block Diagram of Mobile-Controlled Lighting System in NI LabVIEW MobileModule

In addition, with NI LabVIEW Web Publishing Tool, the GUI of the system can be published to theWeb without adding any development time, and programming skills, thus enabling remote control of

the system from distant location. The HTTP port used for the Web server is 5000. On the other hand,few of the VIs developed by ThrowLab, such as VIremoteControllerInitDefaults.vi,VIremoteController.vi, and VIremoteFunctions.vi have been added into the block diagram of NILabVIEW to enable remote control, and monitoring of the system using iOS-based mobile devices.

This system has been tested, and its functionality has been verified. A light bulb has beensuccessfully turned on, and off in accordance with the chosen lighting profiles. Figure 5 shows thecomplete system for Mobile-Controlled Lighting System.

Figure 5 Complete System of Mobile-Controlled Lighting System

Conclusion By integrating NI LabVIEW 2009 , and NI LabVIEW Mobile Modu le , a smart, and cost-effectivelighting system has been designed which is suitable to be installed for industrial, commercial, andresidential purposes. In this system, the lighting system can be controlled wirelessly with Windows-based smart phones or personal computers via Bluetooth Serial Port Profile. Besides that, this systemcan be controlled remotely with Web-enabled computers or iOS-based mobile devices such as iPhonewhich they connect to the Web server via LAN/WAN. In conclusion, NI LabVIEW has provided a time-saving and cost-effective solution in developing such complicated system.

Author Information:Low Chern YeeUCSI University, MalaysiaUCSI University (North Wing), Lot 12734, Taman Taynton View56000 CherasMalaysiaTel: 6014-9293368

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 76 of 318

Email: [email protected]

Pneumatic Stress Test Model

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):Louis Yong Hock Lin, studentTan Wey Kun, studentRodney Tan, advisor

Products:

NI LabVIEW 2011NI USB-6008 DAQ

Challenge:Develop a system that can increase efficiency of stress test in the industries by using pneumaticsystem and replaces manual testing.

Solution:Using NI LabVIEW system design software to construct a user friendly VI interface and using a lowcost NI USB-6008 data acquisition (NI-DAQ) to send signals to the solenoid of a 5/2 way pneumaticvalve to control the motion of the piston, which is the tool for performing the stress test.

AbstractIn the modern days of technological advancement, most of the repetitive and simple tasks have beenreplaced by automated robots instead of using human labors. One of the more sustainable ways ofdeveloping automated system is through the use of pneumatic circuits. Pneumatic circuits are oftenfound in the industrial factories, where pressurized air is common. The use of pneumatic systems ispopular because it is able to replicate motions cheaper, safer and with more flexibility than electricalmotors or actuators. By incorporating both pneumatic circuits and NI LabVIEW, we were able to comeup with a simple model of a pneumatic stress test system with the help of NI-DAQ.

System OverviewThe whole system consists of a transistor, NI USB-6008 DAQ, a 12V power source for the 5/2 waysolenoid valve, a demo board with the piston, switch and light-emitting diode (LED) and also a laptopwith NI LabVIEW 2011 installed. The system overview can be seen below in Figure 1.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 77 of 318

Figure 1 – System Overview

Pneumatic SystemThe pneumatic circuit designed is a simple extend and retract circuit by means of the 5/2 waysolenoid valve. Figure 2 below shows the circuit of the pneumatic part of this project. Theconventional way of actuating this circuit is by using a switch that is connected to a 12V source. Whenthe switch is press, the solenoid will be energized and the solenoid will move to its left position, wherethe pressurized air from the pump to push the piston out, thus extending it. When the switch isreleased, the solenoid is no longer energized and it will return to its original position, wherepressurized air is directed to the rod-end of the cylinder and the piston rod will retract.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 78 of 318

Figure 2 – Pneumatic Circuit

LabVIEW InterfaceTo create a suitable interface for this system, LabVIEW provides a user friendly interface that is easyfor beginner to pick up. The operator using this system will be able to insert the number of times forthe piston to hit the target, in our case, a button. After selecting the number of times, pressing the‘Run Test’ button will automatically start the test session. There is a progress bar to show the

percentage of test that it has done and an emergency stop button just in case any accident occurs. Inorder to extend and retract the piston repeatedly, we need to on and off the solenoid in a suitableinterval.

LabVIEW provide an easy solution for this problem by using the Simulate Signal function, where weset a square wave signal and frequency of 1Hz. For the system to repeat the test to the amount weneed, a For loop is used so that it will repeat until the amount of tests is reached. A True/False CaseStructure is used for the ‘Run Test’ button. With the help of NI USB -6008 DAQ, we can use thissquare wave signal to actuate the 5/2 way solenoid valve. Figure 3 shows the complete NI LabVIEW2011 block diagram of the system and Figure 4 shows the front panel of the system.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 79 of 318

Figure 3 – Block Diagram

Figure 4 – LabVIEW Front Panel

Hardware Section

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 80 of 318

For the pneumatic circuits to work, we need a 12V source. A transistor is used as a switch forenergizing the solenoid. The base of the transistor is connected to the analog output signal of the NIUSB-6008 DAQ, a 12V source is connected to the solenoid and then to the collector of the transistorand the emitter is connected to the ground. With this configuration, when a HIGH signal is send outfrom the analog output of the NI USB-6008 DAQ, the base voltage will be high enough and allow the

solenoid to be energized, and the piston rod will extend. As the LOW signal of the square wave issend out to the base, the collector will not be connected to the emitter and thus the solenoid will notbe energized and the piston rod will retract.

Advantage The NI LabVIEW 2011 provides a lot of advantages for our project and ease up the process a lot. Ifthis project were to be done without the help of NI LabVIEW 2011 and NI USB-6008 DAQ, amicrocontroller will have to be used and a therefore a circuit will have to be drawn and fabricated. Thisfabrication of a new PCB just for this purpose is time consuming compared with the simpleprogramming of NI LabVIEW 2011 and the use of the NI USB-6008 DAQ.

The programming of NI LabVIEW 2011 is also much easier to pick up if compared to programming amicrocontroller because it requires the user to read through the datasheet to look for requiredfunctions but NI LabVIEW is very user friendly and easy to learn. The NI USB-6008 DAQ is also avery good replacement of a microcontroller because it has a lot of ports which can be used for bothinput and output. This can be configured easily and user will not be confused when compared toprogramming microcontrollers.

ConclusionThe pneumatic stress test model system is created successfully with the use of NI LabVIEW 2011 andalso NI USB-6008 DAQ device. The user is able to perform any amount of tests on the target deviceto ensure that it is still working after the stress test is performed. NI LabVIEW 2011 is amazing forproviding solutions with easy to use interface and able to provide consumer with user friendly andsafe operations.

Author Information:Louis Yong Hock LinUCSI University (North Wing)No. 1, Jalan Menara Gading,UCSI Heights56000 Cheras, Kuala LumpurMalaysia.Tel: (+6010) 2748 801Email: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 81 of 318

DC Motor Controller

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):Loh Yuen Peng, studentTan Ying Hua, studentRodney Tan, advisor

Category Academic Research and Education

Products:NI LabVIEW 2009NI USB-6008 DAQ

Challenge:DC motors are used in a wide range of applications, from small scale models to large industrial uses;hence the control of motor rotation and displacement is needed. It is crucial to have an interfacecontrol over the motor operations in order to fit its application purposes.

Solution:By using NI LabVIEW software, a controlling interface to dictate the rotational movements anddisplacements of a DC motor is programmed. The system also provides information to the user fromwithin the interface which includes direction and speed of rotational motion.

Abstract A DC motor controller circuit is implemented with the NI LabVIEW software as the main processor. Itconsists of a NI USB-6008 DAQ which sends signals to a H-bridge circuit (L293D) to run a DC motor.Based on the feedback signals of the motor encoder, the signals sent to the motor driver circuit arecontrolled. There are two modes of control programmed, DC motor and Servo motor, where DC motormode enables the motor to have continuous rotation in clockwise or anticlockwise direction withspeed display, while Servo motor mode, allows the motor shaft to displace at a set angle.

Introduction A DC motor is an electric motor which runs on direct current, converting electrical energy tomechanical energy in the form of rotary motion. There are many application of DC motor, such as diskdrive, rotary actuator etc. Hence, A DC motor controller comes in handy when applying DC motor in acertain purpose. In this paper, NI LabVIEW software is used together with NI USB-6008 DAQ tocontrol the rotational direction and rotating angle of a DC motor installed with a quadrature hall effectencoder. Therefore, the DC motor can have more than one operation mode with the aid of NILabVIEW software, where regular DC motors can only be set to continuous rotate in either clockwiseor counter clockwise direction depending on the voltage polarity, DC motor with encoders can beconfigured to start and stop at desired positions, thus opening a wide range of application possibilitiesfor any industrial as well as domestic uses.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 82 of 318

System OverviewIn order to control a DC motor, a system is built using NI LabVIEW software as the main controller

and processor with NI USB-6008 DAQ acting as the interface, the H-bridge as the sub-controller andthe hall effect encoder of the motor as the sensor, as shown in the block diagram in Figure 1 below.

NI USB-6008 DAQ Laptop with LabVIEW Software Installed

H-Bridge DC Motor with Encoder

Figure 1 – System Block Diagram

The two Hall Effect sensors installed in the motor are placed 90 degree apart at the rear shaft of themotor. Hence, these two sensors would eventually produce two square wave outputs which are 90degree out of phase. As the motor used in this application has a gear ratio of 300 and the encoderproduces 12 pulses per revolution, a total of 3600 pulses count are produced per main shaftrevolution.

To control the rotational direction of DC motor, the H-bridge played an important role. It is anelectronic circuit that allows voltage to be applied across the load in both direction, and henceallowing the DC motor to turn in clockwise or counter clockwise directions. The H-bridge used in thisapplication is the integrated circuit L293D which has suitable supply voltage and current range as wellas output clamp diodes for inductive transient suppression.

With the aid of these two components mentioned above, NI LabVIEW can be utilized to freely controlthe DC motor as desired. The overall system including both the hardware and software is shown inFigure 2 below.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 83 of 318

Figure 2 – DC Motor Controller Model

There are a total of two modes of control, which are DC motor and Servo motor. In DC motor mode,the motor is rotated continuous in either clockwise or anticlockwise direction with speed display. Tocontrol the rotational direction of the motor, two digital outputs are sent to the H-bridge through theUSB-6008 DAQ based on user selection. Besides that, the starting and stopping of motor can becontrolled by another digital output to the enable pin of the H-bridge. Furthermore, the encoderoutputs are taken as analogue inputs to LabVIEW for the user to observe the output waveforms of theencoder as well as obtaining the current rotational speed in revolution per minute (RPM) of the motor.The LabVIEW front panel and programming block diagram of this function are shown in Figure 2 and

Figure 3 below.

Figure 3 – LabVIEW Front Panel of DC Motor Controller 1

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 84 of 318

Figure 4 – LabVIEW Programming Block Diagram of DC Motor Controller 1

Asides from rotational direction control, the same system can also be used to control the angulardisplacement of the DC motor, aka the servo motor mode. It allows the motor shaft to displace at a setangle. As mentioned above, a total of 3600 pulses are produced by the encoder per main shaftrevolution. Hence, by stopping the motor after a desire angle is reached, which can be known afterthe pulses count reaches the desire value, the angular displacement of the motor can be controlled.The pulse count of the encoder can also be easily achieved as the USB-6008 DAQ can be configureto acts as a counter to count the rising edge or falling edge of a pulse input. Thus, by computing thenumber of pulses required to reach an angle and inserting the computation in the programming block

diagram, the angular displacement of the DC motor can be controlled. . The LabVIEW front panel andprogramming block diagram of this function are shown in Figure 4 and Figure 5 below.

Figure 5 – LabVIEW Front Panel of DC Motor Controller 2

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 85 of 318

Figure 6 – LabVIEW Programming Block Diagram of DC Motor Controller 2

AdvantagesBy using NI LabVIEW as the motor controller, a DC motor can be controlled for multiple purposesusing only single software. With just a push of a button in LabVIEW, a DC motor can be operated tostart, stop and turn in any desired direction. In addition, the position can be easily adjusted by justturning a virtual knob in the LabVIEW software to rotate the motor shaft into the desired angle.

Besides that, the encoder input can be monitored in real-time using a waveform graph in LabVIEWfront panel, therefore eliminating the need of an oscilloscope. This project also uncovers the widerange of potential of LabVIEW in robotic application, where continuous development would providemore features to further increase the convenience of motor controls. Moreover, this programming canbe easily converted into other applications that require similar control sequence. Thus, LabVIEWsoftware is open for easy control systems for not only motor applications but any other applications.

ConclusionNI LabVIEW software proved to be a very useful tool for DC motor control. Using simple programming,it allows real time monitoring of motor's encoder response and it also saves costs as NI LabVIEW canact as a substitute for the oscilloscope. The real time response also increased the efficiency of

program testing and editing. In conclusion, NI LabVIEW has proven to be an excellent software in thisapplication.

Author Information:Loh Yuen PengUCSI University (North Wing)No. 1, Jalan Menara Gading,UCSI Heights56000 Cheras, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia.Tel: (+6012) 6202 031Email: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 86 of 318

Fault Detection for a Rotational System with Application to VehicleHealth Monitoring

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):Lennard Chan Hon Loong

Products:NI ELVIS IIQNET DC Motor Control TrainerNI LabVIEW 2010 SP1

ChallengeThe challenge is to understand how fault signatures affect the sensor and how inertia load changesthe fault signature. Mathematical analysis and validation on a sensor faults involved. A scheme isrequired to distinguish between both inertia and sensor fault. Fault detection, isolation andreconstruction are required for this project.

Solution As the solution, cascaded sliding mode observer (SMO) is used. Cascaded SMO was able to detectthe change in inertia and sensor fault injected into the system and classify them respectively asactuator and sensor faults. Cascaded SMO was successfully implemented in both SIMULINK andLABVIEW and tested experimentally.

AbstractVehicle health monitoring system (VHMS) is a part of vehicle health management (VHM) and it iscommonly used in various industries. VHMS provides real time feedbacks, information on life cyclereduction and saves operation cost and time. This requires sensors to gather data for processingthrough many processes such as fault detection and isolation (FDI) before it is sent for prognosis anddiagnosis.

The focus of this project will involve the FDI application of VHMS using cascaded sliding modeobservers (SMO) to accurately detect and isolate actuator and sensor faults. This will be implementedin both MATLAB SIMULINK and LABVIEW

IntroductionVehicle health monitoring system (VHMS) is a part of Vehicle Health Management System (VHM)where it used to test and monitor the system. It is widely used in aerospace industries where highprecision and critical running components are involved and a fast and accurate response is expectedif any fault were to occur. Furthermore, repairs can be concentrated on fault components since VHMSaims to pinpoint the location of a problem.

This provides a high level of safety and reliability of a system and reducing cost at the same time [1].In VHMS, various sensors are used to determine the states of the components to provide real timedata. However, just as components may experience faults, the sensors may be faulty as well andmight give false data. Therefore, it is important to understand the behaviour of the system with normal

and faulty sensors and or actuators.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 87 of 318

Fault detection and isolation (FDI) is a part of the VHMS which is used to alarm the user when a faultoccurs and also identifies its location [2]. FDI involves observers which acts like a virtual sensor to thesystem by taking measured output and compare it to observer’s output. Discrepancies produced arein the form of residual signal [3]. Fault reconstruction scheme is required due to its ability to

reconstruct the fault accurately while maintaining the performance of the system. However, fault mayoccur in either the sensor or the component since fault reconstruction uses non-faulty (reliable)sensors to estimate faults.

Faulty sensors may have been masked by its overall control system. Sensors on the rotational systemmay provide abnormal readings due to the unbalanced loads on the rotating components (e.g. icebuild-ups on the shafts). Due to uncertainties presence in the system, FDI may trigger a false alarm ormask the fault effect which may go undetected. For both FDI and fault reconstruction schemes, thereliability of the sensor might be an issue. Therefore, cascaded SMO proposed by Tan et al (2008) [6],which consist of primary and supplementary SMO, is used due to its robustness and thus capable ofdetecting injected faults accurately while insensitive to uncertainties. It can also reduce number ofsensors required and thus reduces cost. Furthermore, the proposed SMO design is able to provideaccurate state estimation with uncertainties present within the system parameters.

Experimental Methodology:

Figure 6: Actual experimental setup

Figure 7: Final experimental setup

Unbalanced load (10-20g) attached to

external acrylic disc

NI ELVIS

C Clamp

QNET DC motor withencoder QNET Driver

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 88 of 318

As shown in Figure 2, the experimental setup consists of the DC motor with its encoder, acrylicexternal disc attached to its existing disc, NI ELVIS and the C clamp. The acrylic disc is used to attachthe unbalanced load of 10-20g. This external disc can be removed and replaced with another. NIELVIS is required to power up the DC motor and also as a medium of communication between theQNET DC mo tor encoder with driver and LABVIEW (the user’s computer).

The encoder is attached to the DC motor and is connected to its driver. This allows the LABVIEW tonot only control the speed of the DC motor by determining the amount of voltage is required to powerthe motor but also to obtain information from the encoder through LABVIEW about the DC motor suchas speed, actual voltage and current used and etc in real-time.

Since the actual configuration of the DC motor is shown in Figure 1, the driver board which it ismounted on is unstable as it was connected to a communication slot of the NI ELVIS (note that theLA BVIEW 2010 SP1 , NI ELVIS and QNET DC Motor Control Trainer were provided by theuniversity). Therefore, there was a heavy vibration which may damage the board itself and this willintroduce an external noise to the system. Therefore, a C-clamp is used to fix the DC motor onto asecured platform (table for this case) and reduce the unwanted vibration which affects the data itself.

Figure 8: Front panel of the LABVIEW 2010 SP1 main program

Insert .csv file path(created using

EXCEL)

Press runonce

To stop both motor andprogram

Insertsensor noise

Select inputparametersOffset = 0

Select device ‘Dev’ (e.g. Dev2)

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 89 of 318

Figure 9: QNET DC motor original control block

The DC motor is controlled using a control block diagram prepared by QUANSER as shown inFigures and 4 which has some of QUANSER’s control tool functions. The LABVIEW program iscustomized to include “insert .csv file path” toolbox for the user to store data into EXCEL. This allowsthe user to analyze the inertia fault due to unbalanced loads and compare them as shown in Figure 8.

User have to select the device setting (e.g. Dev1) based on the device number installed to thecomputer. Figure 5 (can be open from the block diagram by pressing Ctrl+E) is the control blockdiagram of both primary and supplementary SMOs attached to the existing DC motor control diagram.

A simple DC motor experiment shown in Figures 6 and 7 is not only to determine the effects of theunbalanced loads onto the DC motor but also to obtain the k and τ values which can be used to findthe DC motor parameters under no load situation.

Adjustment was made on the k and τ values to that the experimen tal waveform (actual motor speed)matches the simulated waveform (simulated motor speed). Since k and τ values are adjustedmanually, the values of k and τ and the alignment of the waveforms are estimated. Reducing k while τ

is constant, J increases. Reduc ing τ while k is constant, J also increases. Note that k = . From the

results summary, an additional unbalanced load will increase both k and τ as shown in Figure 8 andTable 1 and thus increases the moment of inertia (J) and K constants (since K is an inverse of k and K= K m and K b). From Table 1, the results highlighted in blue are used as the input value for the controlmodel of both SIMULINK and LABVIEW to compare their output results.

These parameters are to be used in the SIMULINK to obtain simulation results closely to the actual

application results. Furthermore, this experiment can be used to test and apply what was leant oncascaded SMO into an actual system. The results obtained from LABVIEW and QNET DC moto r willbe compared with what was obtained through SIMULINK. ±3V input were used because fromexperimental trials, the DC motor does not have enough power to rotate when unbalanced loads of10g and 20g were placed on to it (some voltages was lost in attempt to rotate the disc withunbalanced loads). Therefore, all the experiment setups are set to ±3V to give consistent results.

As shown at Figure 5, MathScript function is used to compute the DC motor parameters which are tobe used for the primary and supplementary SMOs. The control components are to be done within theLABVIEW control simulation block with most of the components provided by QUANSER. MathScriptfunction does accept M-file codes. The MathScript codes though similar to the M-file codes for the DC

motor and SMOs require a several modifications.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 90 of 318

State space equations for primary and supplementary SMOs are written as a code in MathScriptfunction based on equations derived for a cascaded SMO. This is because gain block could notaccept matrices with variables which are the one of the drawbacks of the LABVIEW . Therefore almostall the simulation blocks in SIMULINK are retranslated into codes in MathScript except for integration.

Computation for the primary and supplementary SMOs variables are done within the MathScriptfunction.

Note that the inputs are obtained directly from the DC motor while it is still in use and fed into thecascaded SMO. After setting was made, run the program (do not click ‘run continuously’) and press‘Stop’ to stop the operation.

Figure 10: The block diagram of the primary and supplementary SMO where the primary andsupplementary SMO are computed and built within the MathScript function. The integration andaugmentation of the plant’s ω is done outside the MathScri pt function along with the real-time graphplots. The blocks are designed within the control simulation toolbox.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 91 of 318

Figure 11: Experimental setup without disc (left) and with the original disc (right)

Figure 12: Experimental setup from Figure 2 with 10g (left) and 20g (right) unbalanced load tosimulate inertia faults in a rotational system

TABLE 1DC MOTOR AT HORIZONTAL POSITION (FOR 3V INPUT)

No. Experimental Setup k (rad/(V.s)) τ (s) R (Ω) K= K m = K b J ( )

1 DC motor without disc 28.0 0.03 8.7 0.0357 2 DC motor with disc on 27.5 0.03 8.7 0.0364 3 With disc plus unbalanced load

(9.5g)28.5 0.05 8.7 0.0351

4 With Acrylic Disc attached toexisting disc

26.5 0.03 8.7 0.0377

5 With Acrylic Disc attached toexisting disc + 10g unbalanced load

26.5 0.11 8.7 0.0377

6 With Acrylic Disc attached toexisting disc + 20g unbalanced load

24.0 0.13 8.7 0.0417

Figure 13: Motor speed comparison for DC motor without disc and after adding additional weights onthe disc for horizontal position (default position)

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500-100

-50

0

50

100

150

Time(s)

S p e e

d ( r a d s

- 1 )

No discWith existing discExisting disc + acrylicExisting disc + acrylic + 10gExisting disc + acrylic + 20g

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 92 of 318

Results:

Figure 14: System states (blue) and observer’s estimates (orange) from LABVIEW for 10gunbalanced load with injected sensor fault

Figure 10 is the SIMULINK result when a sensor fault is injected into the system. The first 2 plots ofFigure 10 shows the difference between the non-faulty and faulty outputs which The next 2 plots of

Figure 10 shows the reconstruction of the output, y and is shown similar to the first 2 plots of Fig. 4.This shows that the cascades SMO estimated output, (which consists of the angular speed andposition of the DC motor) was able to follow the actual DC motor output, y.

For this experiment, the estimated actuator fault, (caused by inertia fault) is detected as a squarewaveform as shown in Figure 10 for SIMULINK. This can be shown proven when 10g unbalancedload is placed onto the DC motor as shown in Figure 9. captured by the implemented cascadedSMO in LABVIEW as a square waveform with the same magnitude as shown in Figure 9.

When an inverted sawtooth wave sensor fault, (magnitude of 20 with a longer frequency as themotor speed waveform) was injected into DC motor output, managed to follow sensor fault, as

shown in both Figures 9 and 10. From Figure 9, there are slight offset in . This is because there was

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 94 of 318

4. C.P.Tan, F.Crusca and M.Aldeen (2008), ‘Extended results on robust state estimation andfault detection’, Automatica, 44 (88), pp. 2027 - 2033.

Author Information:Lennard Chan Hon Loong

MONASH University Sunway CampusJalan Lagoon Selatan,46150 Selangor, MalaysiaEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 95 of 318

Omnidirectional Mobile Robot Using NIsbRIO9632xt

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):Tey Wei Kang, Research AssistantYeong Che Fai, Senior LecturerEileen Su, Senior Lecturer

Products:NIsbRIO9632xt

NI LabVIEW 2011

Challenge Autonomous mobile robots can help human move heavy loads or explore hazardous environment.Most such robots are differential driven where the robot’s orientation has to change according to itsnavigation direction. This increases the complexity of navigation for many applications as lateralmotion is not possible.

Solution A three wheeled omnidirectional mobile robot is developed to replace differential-driven robot. Thisdesign allows instantaneous movement in any direction at any angle, with or without changing therobot’s orientation. A mathematical algorithm computes the resultant vector from the three actuatorsto achieve targeted orientation and direction of movement.

AbstractMost mobile robots use differential-drive concept, where they are equipped with two actuators thatpermit only single- direction rotation at a time. This concept limits the robot’s navigation because itsorientation must always change according to direction of movement. Our paper presents thedevelopment of an omnidirectional mobile robot that uses three actuators, aligned in 120 degreesseparation and each attached to an omniwheel. By manipulating actuator speed, the robot cannavigate to any direction without changing its orientation. Using NIsbRIO9632xt as the maincontroller, navigation algorithm is implemented in LabVIEW, integrated with PID controller to fine-tunerobot movements.

IntroductionThe common form of autonomous mobile robot uses differential-driven method, where two separatemotorized wheels propel the robot into motion. When both wheels rotate at the same speed, therobot moves in a linear motion, either forward or backward. The robots change their direction byrotating each wheel at different speed. This type of steering has several disadvantages. Firstly, thewheels can rotate in a single direction at any one time limiting its navigational capabilities. Secondly,the robot must change its orientation if turning motion is required. This generally increases thecomplexity in path planning during navigation. Conversely, omnidirectional mobile robot usesomniwheels that can rotate in two directions simultaneously, hence allowing lateral movement. Thisgives omnidirectional mobile robot an added advantage of being able to navigate to any direction,

without the need to alter its orientation. A right side-parking comparison is shown in Figure 1.0. A

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 96 of 318

differential drive robot has to make minimum four separate movements: forward - backward right – backward left – reverse. An omnidirectional robot only needs to make one direct lateral motion toachieve the same result. In addition, the differential drive robot requires more space for side parkingcompared to the omnidirectional robot. This is only one example to show how omnidirectional robotallows more economical movement, simplifies trajectories and reduces time to arrive at target

location. It will not be surprising if someday the same concept is adopted by vehicle manufacturerslooking for a competitive edge.

Figure 1.0 Comparison between of Differential Mobile Robot and Omnidirectional Mobile Robot

Research MethodologySystem Overview and TheoryThe design of a three wheeled omnidirectional mobile robot is implemented in this project. In order tonavigate to a desired location, the robot basically needs two feedbacks from the environment. Firstlyis the orientation feedback. In this project the APM Ardupilot gyroscope is used to provide fineorientation reading and then, sends the data to the main controller, NIsbRIO9632xt via serialcommunication. Another feedback is the distance travelled by the robot. In this case, two externalrotary encoders aligned at 90 degree apart are used to detect the distance travelled in X and Ydirection respectively. By feeding those parameters into the navigation formula, desired speed for thethree motors is calculated. Besides, PID controller is applied to control the motor speed. When adesired speed of motor is fed to the PID controller, it is compared with the actual speed obtained byreading and processing the data from the internal encoders mounted on the motors. Figure 2.0 showsthe system overview of the project.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 97 of 318

Figure 2.0 System Overview

In order to calculate the desired speed required by those three motors for navigation, a core formulais used as shown in Figure 3.0.

Figure 3.0 Navigation Formula

, and are the angular speed of the three motors. R is the radius of the Omniwheels.

, and are the speed in X, Y direction and the approach angle of the robot. and L are angle of the wheel from references axis and the distance from center of the

robot to the center of the wheel respectively.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 98 of 318

The robot can navigate to any direction, as shown in Figure 4.0, using the computed resulting vectorfrom the three motors’ speed.

Figure 4.0 Various movement of omnidirectional mobile robot

Implementation in LabVIEW In LabVIEW, there are two major VIs which are the processor VI and FPGA VI. The FPGA VI isdesigned to interface the controller I/O with the environment changes as detected by sensors. TheFPGA VI has two components, the Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI) and Pulse Width Modulation(PWM). Inside the FPGA, a clock pulse generator is programmed by using single cycle timed loop togenerate a precise 50 MHz clock pulses to trigger the peripherals such as QEI and PWM.

To interface with the encoders, the patterns of the output pulses from the encoders are studied. Bychecking the input patterns from the QEA and QEB inputs, we can calculate the direction of rotation ofthe encoder (Figure 5.0).

Figure 5.0 Encoder input sequences

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 99 of 318

Figure 6.0 shows the layout for processing input signals. Six flip-flops are used, represented by theblocks labeled DFF. The first four D Flip-flop is to prevent metastability in the QEI blocks. Metastabilityis a condition where output hovers between log ic ‘0’ and logic ‘1’. It can happen if the input changestoo close to the clock edge that triggers the flip-flop. These four DFFs act as synchronizer thatsamples an asynchronous input, then produce an output that meets the setup and hold times as

required in a synchronous system.

Figure 6.0 QEI block design

In order to drive the motors, PWM block is designed to interface the main controller with the H-bridgemotor drivers as shown in Figure 7.0. Upon receiving the triggered clock pulses from the clock pulsesgenerator, the PWM_Counter is increased by 1. The counter is then compared to a constant value of10000. If it is greater than 10000, it will reset to zero. By doing this, a constant period of0.2millisecond (equivalent to 5 kHz frequency) is achieved. The counter is additionally compared to avariable named PWM_1. This is to determine the duty cycle of the generated PWM pulses. Forexample, if 50% of duty cycle is required, the user needs to set the value of 5000 into PWM_1. Whenthe counter is less than PWM_1, the PWM output pin will be triggered ‘ON’ while in the case wherecounter value is greater than PWM_1, the pin will be triggered ‘OFF’. Hence, a simple PWM pulse isgenerated.

Figure 7.0 PWM block design

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 101 of 318

Figure 9.0 GUI of the functional blocks

For navigation, the robot can travel to the desired coordinate with desired orientation accurately. Theresultant movement is shown in figures below.

Figure 10.0 Omnidirectional mobile robot using NIsbRIO9632xt performing several navigationswithout changing its orientation when navigating: A: Starting position at origin B: Navigates in Y-direction, C: Navigates in X-direction and D: Navigates in X-Y direction

ConclusionIn conclusion, an omnidirectional mobile robot and its navigation system have been successfullydeveloped. This robot can navigate in any direction with or without changing its orientation,surpassing the conventional differential-drive method in propelling a mobile robot. The basicperipherals such as, QEI block and PWM block are developed to interface with the rotary encoder andmotor driver respectively. NIsbRIO9632xt made the integration simple and straight forward, and itsfast processor allows in-time computation for actuator speed and direction for smooth motion. Thenavigation algorithm has been implemented easily using LabVIEW. The whole system is integratedwith wireless modem, allowing the robot to communicate wirelessly with control unit. The robot hasthe capability to move autonomously, and can also be controlled wirelessly if over-riding commands

B

C

DA

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 102 of 318

by the user is needed. The potential application for this robot is vast including applications for Automated Guided Vehicle (AGV) for transport, commercial automobiles and even surveillancesystem.

*Please refer to the video.

Author Information:Tey Wei KangUniversiti Teknology Malaysia81310 Skudai Johor, MalaysiaEmail: [email protected]

mailto:[email protected]




8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 103 of 318

Robotics 4-Point-Probe System for Thin Film MaterialCharacterization

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):Mun Hon FOOYew Fong HORHee C. LIM

Products:NI LabVIEW 2010 professional development systemNI USB-6009 14-Bit, 48 kb/s Low-Cost Multifunction DAQNI PCMCIA GPIB

ChallengeMaterial characterization and distinguish ability is very important in thin film technology applicationand fabrication. Proper thin film electrical parameters such as resistivity, conductivity will determinethe fabricated device sensitivity as well as the design approach consideration. Precise and accuratecontact probing (in nanometer lateral movement range via servo motor) for measurement of thesurface current and the resistivity of thin film are obligatory in material sciences. Traditional four-point-probe system uses manual contact mode and unrefined spring leveling mechanism for probing. Thefour-point-probe measurement system must be able to collect the electrical data of the thin filmmaterial through scientific measurement instruments. The collected data is next to be plotted in an I-Vgraph and curve fitted using the absolute least square and bisquare regressions to determine themean residual error. Spreadsheet data logging of the resistivity data is also needed for documentation.The analyzed results need to be visualized in real time. All the challenges mentioned above areunable to be addressed by a conventional four-point-probe system without the aid of the LabVIEW program integration.

SolutionThe micro-force contact mode four-point-probe is designed, and realized. Since the electricalconductive thin film sample to be measured is in nanometer range, servo motors are introduced forauto leveling (Z-axis) and X-Y translational procedures. Therefore, the movement of the probe ontothe thin film sample can be controlled with the help of the LabVIEW program in piecewise micro stepsize so that it will not damage and puncture the thin film. Four tiny conducting pin coated with 99.9999%

indium is used as the probe heads. A user friendly customized NI LabVIEW software is programmedto handle the data acquisition and control of the high precision Agilent U3606A Digital Multimeter/DCPower Supply Generator. NI PCMCIA GPIB card is used as the interface module to the instrument.While, the NI USB DAQ -6009 interface module is used to communicate with the servo motors, andcontrol the mechanical measurement tools and electronics. A lookup table based on the calculatedresistivity of the corresponding metal alloy is also LabVIEW coded. Common problems discussed inprevious section that are associated with the traditional four-point-probe system have been eradicatedby this fresh and innovative approach.

Abstract A robotics Force four-point-probe measurement system is constructed for MEMs and NEMs thin film

characterization. Servo motors with several down converting gears are constructed for the self-

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 104 of 318

levellingand translational purposes. Four tiny conducting tungsten probing needles coated with99.9999% indium are served as the exact distance spaced probe head. Data acquisition of thesurface current is acquired via a NI PCMCIA GPIB card controlling the Agilent U3606A DigitalMultimeter/DC Power Supply. Precise instantaneous electrical characteristic of the thin film (i.e.material conductivity) is measured, and recorded. Suitable applied power transfer is regulated by the

customized LabVIEW program to reduce the Joule thermal heating across the probe head. AbsoluteLeast Square and Bisquare regression methods are used to extract the resistivity from the real timeexperimental curve fitting. Customized LabVIEW program is also written to log the experimentalmeasurement into a spreadsheet for offline analysis. NI USB-6009 interface module is used forautomatic servo controls. A conductivity lookup material library is coded to display the correspondingthin film identity.

IntroductionFour-point-probe was invented by Lord Kelvin in the year of 1861 to measure very low surfaceresistances of thin film samples. The four-point-probe technique functions by passing constant currentthrough two outer probes and measuring the voltage drops across the two inner probes of the probehead. In the layman terms, this measuring method is governed by Ohm’s law, that is V=IR . Since theresistance to be measured is very small, hence the current passing through the thin film sample haveto be carefully controlled to prevent the sample from being fried up. The maximum permissiblecurrent used is approximately 50.0 mA depending on the sample thin film thickness.

The probe head is usually made out of high conductivity metal such as tungsten wires. Each of thefour point probe tungsten tip used is approximately 125 micrometer in diameter mounted on a longcopper shaft. The effective point radius is less than 5.0 micron. One of the advantages of using thethin and flexible 125 micron tungsten tips is that the ability of the tungsten wire to minimize thedamage to the thin film sample upon contact and cater for a much longer testing time. Due to theflexibility of the tungsten tips, the probe head could remain in contact with the thin film sample surfaceeven in the presence of external system vibration.

Unfortunately, the tungsten tips are not recommended for use on sensitive nodes where parasiticcapacitance loading could post a problem in the analysis. To reduce the contact resistance betweenthe tungsten wires probe and the thin film sample, 99.9999% pure indium is used to coat the tips.Indium is selected based on its electrical resistivity (8.61 x 10 -8 Ohm-m) which is extremely lowbesides pure gold or silver.

For a thin film layer, where the thickness, t is smaller than the surface area, s , the resistance is givenby equation (1)

Consequently, from Ohm’s law for thin film is given by equation (2)

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 107 of 318

3. Delay between measuring voltage4. Voltage Data recorded5. Data is curve fitted and results will be transfer into the Microsoft Excel and Current vs.

Voltage graph will be plotted6. The slope of the linear graph will be calculated by Bisquare and Linear Absolute residuals;

7. Finally, the resistance of the thin film obtained and results displayed.

Author Information:Mun Hon FOOTunku Abdul Rahman CollegeMicroelectronics and Physics Department,Block D300, Jalan Genting Kelang53300, Setapak, Kuala Lumpur, MalaysiaEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 108 of 318

Wireless Automatic Taekwondo Scoring System (WATSS)

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):Rizwan Mohamed Elias

Products: NI LabVIEW 2010 (Version 10.0)

Challenge: To develop an automated scoring system for Taekwondo, using LabVIEW to design the GraphicalUser Interface (GUI). We will also develop pressure sensors using low cost and readily availablematerials to embed them into the protective gear. Thereafter, we will link the sensors and the GUI

wirelessly.

Solution: Constructing a pressure sensor by using piezoresistive anti-static foam. Using Arduino Uno to convertthe output voltage from the interface circuit of the sensor and transmitting it to the PC through XBeemodules. Designing an interface using LabVIEW to display the scores and other relevant information.

Abstract The advancement in technology has to the implementation of it into many areas, one of them beingsports. In sports such as football, tennis, baseball and taekwondo, analysis is always done after eachmatch. This requires the acquisition of necessary information and perhaps representation of it in a

suitable form for example graphs. In this system, LabVIEW software was used to design a scoringsystem for Taekwondo and representing the change in pressure graphically so as to make analysiseasier [1].

IntroductionThe world of sports has been revolutionized with the advancement in technology. The sports world,being diverse as it is, has allowed for the implementation of technology in various areas. Some of thesports which have been integrated with technology include football, baseball, cricket and bowling.Various systems have been created with the aim of either acquiring data which would otherwise bedifficult to obtain, or to rectify human error caused by the judges during the course of a game. Someof the systems which have been developed are as follows; high speed cameras used in cricket andbaseball to assist the referees to make the right call, foul line detector in bowling to determine when aplayer steps over the line, Cyclops system in tennis to determine whether serves are in or long [2].

This project involves the development of a wireless scoring system for taekwondo. Taekwondo is amartial arts sport of Korean origin. TaeKwonDo is composed of three parts; "Tae" which means "foot,""leg," or "to step on"; "Kwon" means "fist," or "fight"; and "Do" means the "way" or "discipline." If thesethree parts are put together, two important concepts behind taekwondo can be seen. First,Taekwondo is the right way of using Tae and Kwon 'fists and feet,' or all the parts of the body that arerepresented by fists and feet. Second, it is a way to control or calm down fights and keep the peace.This concept comes from the meaning of Tae Kwon 'to put fists under control' [or 'to step on fists'].Thus Taekwondo means "the right way of using all parts of the body to stop fights and help to build abetter and more peaceful world" [3].

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 109 of 318

Taekwondo is played between two competitors who are judged by a referee. At times, due to humanerror, points are awarded when they are not supposed to, hence the game becomes biased. Theproject aims to solve this problem by automating the process of awarding points. The system wouldtherefore be free from human interruption as well as human error.

This system would not only be used during the course of a match, but also for training. Players coulddetermine the minimum amount of force required while punching or kicking in order to score points,they could also determine their weak points and improve on them and also determine the strength oftheir kicks or punches.

The system includes pressure sensors fitted into the chest guard. These sensors are connected to an Arduino Uno board which in turn connected to an XBEE wireless transmitter. The XBEE wirelessreceiver module is be connected to the laptop with an interface designed to display the scores. Theinterface has been designed using LabVIEW software from National instruments. The awarding ofpoints is to be based on the activation of the pressure sensors.

System Block DiagramThe block diagram in Figure 1 shows the basic components of the system;

Figure 1: System block diagram

As stated earlier, the sensor is connected to an Arduino Uno board, which is connected to an XBeewireless module which acts as the transmitter. The PC running the GUI designed using LabVIEW isconnected to an XBee module (receiver) through the USB.

LabVIEW GUIThe image in Figure 2 shows the GUI;

Pressuresensor

ArduinoUno

XBeewireless

transmitter

XBeewirelessreciever

PC(LabVIEW)

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 111 of 318

ConclusionThe pressure sensors developed were found to have good accuracy and fast response. The interfacedeveloped using LabVIEW received the data successfully and processed it immediately. Overall, thesystem was found to be working as required.

References1. CHI ED.H., SONG JIN and CORBIN GREG, 2004, “Killer App” of wearable computing: WirelessForce Sensing Body Protectors for Martial Arts [online], Available fromhttp://dl.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=1029680, [Accessed 24th June 2012]

2. Just Kicks Taekwondo and MMA [online], Available from http://justkickstaekwondo.com.au/about-taekwondo.html, [Accessed 15 th June, 2012]

3. Jingfei Chen, 2010, The Explanation of the Application of the Computer-aided and AnalysisTechnology in the Field of Sports [online], Available fromhttp://ieeexplore.ieee.org/stamp/stamp.jsp?tp=&arnumber=5631672 , [Accessed 26 June th 2012]

Author Information:Rizwan Mohamed Elias

Asia Pacific University of Technology and Innovation (APU)Technology Park,MalaysiaBukit Jalil, 57000, Kuala LumpurEmail: [email protected]

http://justkickstaekwondo.com.au/about-taekwondo.html


http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/stamp/stamp.jsp?tp=&arnumber=5631672





8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 112 of 318

Application of National Instrument (NI) Devices for SystemIdentification of Intelligent Pneumatic Actuator (IPA)

Segment: Academic

Country: Malaysia

Author(s): Ahmad 'Athif Mohd FaudziKhairuddin OsmanM. Asyraf AzmanTeh Chuan EnnM. Omer Elnimair

Products:National Instrument (NI) DAQ cardPCI/PXI-6221 (68-Pin)SCB-68 M series devicesSHC68-68-EPM cable connectorNI-DAQmx 9.1.7

ChallengeThis research motivation is to design a new controller for existing Intelligent Pneumatic Actuator (IPA)system. A system plant (transfer function) is needed in order to design the controller. The transferfunction can be obtained using System Identification (SI) method from experimental evaluation asshown in Figure 1.

Figure 1: Process flow

SolutionThe National Instrument (NI) DAQ cardPCI/PXI-6221 (68-Pin) board will be used ascommunication module between the IPA and the PC (MATLAB) to obtain SI data. Each data will be

modeled using SI Toolbox in MATLAB to obtain the transfer function equation, actuators parameterand interface data in real-time.

AbstractThis paper presents the System Identification (SI) technique to obtain a model of an IPA system frommeasured data using DAQ card. IPA is a new generation actuator for research and development(R&D) that will be used as plant in this research. The DAQ card will be used as communicationinterface between PC and IPA to obtain position and pressure data. The process flow of this work isexperimental setup, model structure selection, model estimation and model validation. The resultsobtained in this paper are useful towards controller design of position and pressure control of IPA foreducational purposes.

SI

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 113 of 318

SubheadIntelligent Pneumatic Actuator (IPA) had been developed by [1-4] and was been applied to Pneumatic

Actuator Seating System (PASS) as its application. The IPA is equipped with two sensors of opticalencoder and pressure sensor. A miniature valve is attached at the end of the cylinder and amicrocontroller board consists of Programmable System on a Chip (PSoC) as the central processing

unit (CPU) is fixed at the top of the actuator, in a single device. The intelligence aspect of this actuatoris that it can decide the output target based on the feedback inputs with real-time communicationcapability. The actuator has 200mm stroke and can give force up to 100N. The 0.169mm laser stripepitch can give high accuracy for position control. An optical reflective surface mount encoder chip isimplemented on the bottom part of the PSoC circuit board. This encoder chip consists of three parts;an LED light source, a photo detector IC and optical lenses. The lenses focus LED light onto the codestrips on the guide rod and reflected light on the photo detector IC. Figure 2 shows overall parts of theIPA.

Figure 2: Intelligent pneumatic actuator and its parts [1-4]

For the experiment setup of this paper, the main instruments include National Instrument (NI) DAQ

card PCI/PXI-6221 (68-Pin) board connected to PC motherboard PCI slot and SCB -68 M seriesdevices with SHC68-68-EPM cable c onn ector . Figure 3 shows the National Instrument (NI) devicesconnection and Figure 4 shows the real experiment setup. There are several procedures for thisexperiment setup including wiring to prototype-board, communication test, analysis of input-outputresponses and finally implement the system with real-time with MATLAB. Through experimentalsetup, the hardware and Personal Computer (PC) communicates using Data Acquisition (DAQ) cardover MATLAB software.

PC

PCI/PXI-6221 (68-Pin) board SHC68-68-EPM cable

SCB-68 M series devices

Plant (IPA)

MATLAB

Figure 3: National Instrument (NI) devices connection.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 114 of 318

Figure 4: Real experimental setup

MATLAB and NI-DAQm x 9.1.7 software were selected as appropriate software to the NI deviceswhich enable communication between the hardware and software. NI-DAQm x 9.1.7 software willmonitor the hardware measurement from PXI-board connect io n in the proposed system. Severalsettings in device manager are essential before running the system. NI-DAQm x 9.1.7 software wasalso used to monitor testing panel with SCB-68 M series devic es to follow according to the analogand digital values for the input and output. The values at test panel (interface) can be compared withother measurement devices such as multimeter and oscilloscope to ensure the values are accurateand safe according to the outlined specification. Figure 5 shows the NI-DAQm x 9.1.7 test panelmonitoring interface.

Figure 5: Test panel monitoring

The IPA microcontroller board was modified by adding new wires to read data signal from sensors,change the value using ADC and gives output value through the valves using SCB-68 series devices.The details terminal connections are shown in the Appendix 1. Figure 6 shows the new wiringinstruction includes the pin configurations.

Power PC

IPA

SCB-68 M

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 115 of 318

Gr o

un d i n g

+ V V a l v e 2

Valve 1 (V 1)

+ V

V a l v e 1

Valve 2 (V 2)

Pin: 36, 55, 56, 67

S i g . V

2

New DP1

S i g . V

1

New DP2

DC Power Supply24 V

-Ve+Ve

Pressure (P)

S i g . P

+ V P r e s s u r e

Pin: 68

E n c o d

e r C H-A

Pin: 37

E n

c o d e r C H-B

Pin: 45

Sig. New DP1 base

Sig. New DP2 base

S i g . D P 1 c

o l l e c t o r

S i g . D P 2

c o l l e c t o r

Pin: 21

Pin: 22

To Pressure Sensor To Valves

P S o C

D a r l i n g t o n

P a i r s ( D P )

To Burn Program

P o w e r & I 2

C

C omm

uni c a t i

on

P o w e r

& I 2 C

C o m m u n i c a t i o n

Figure 6: Wiring instruction to SCB-68 M series devices terminal

The schematic circuit for communication between hardware plant and PC was designed inMATLAB/Simulink environment as shown in Figure 7. The signal emitted from circuit board andsensors consists of analog signal output from valve 1, analog signal output from valve 2, analogsignal input from pressure and analog signal counter input from encoder. The communication is madevia the PXI-6221 conn ect ion board and the sampling time is set uniformly 0.1 second for thisexperiment.

Figure 7: The schematic circuit for communication between hardware plant and PC

Terminal 22 & 55

Terminal 21 & 54

Terminal 37, 45 & 36

Terminal 68 & 67

Set -ve to +ve: 0.1, level, rising, none, doubleBoard setup: single ended, bidirectional

Time

time

AnalogOutput

V 2National InstrumentsPCI-6221 [auto]

AnalogOutput

V 1National Instruments

PCI-6221 [auto]

Valve1

To Workspace3

Valve2

To Workspace2

Pressure

To Workspace1

Position

To Workspace

Saturation1

Saturation

2.5

Reset

0

Normal

Manual Switch2

Manual Switch1

Manual Switch

Input1

Input Pressure

Input Position Clock

Input

-K-

Gain

Display1

Display

CounterInput

Counter InputNational Instruments

PCI-6221 [auto]0

Constant3

2.5

Constant2

0

Constant1

2.5

Constant

Clock

AnalogInput

Analog InputNational InstrumentsPCI-6221 [auto]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 116 of 318

Good parameters identification requires the usage of input signal that rich in frequencies. There areseveral methods in generating the signals such as PRBS, sinusoidal, step etc. This researchproposed the step signal as it is one of the most commonly used excitation signals for systemidentification. Step signal can be generated by operation such as on/off of power and open/close ofvalve [5]. Furthermore, the step signal has low signal-to-noise ratio in high frequency band and

suitable to stimulate a slow physical system or process, especially for process industries.

Analysis of the input-output responses forms parts of the testing procedures. It is important to observethe input-output responses functions properly before model the SI. Basically, constant voltage value(2V-5V) were connected to manual switch analogue output valve 1 (inlet) and valve 2 (outlet) tocontrol the rod actuator movement or position manually. Constant voltage value (2V-5V) which isconnected to manual switch was used and to the counter input functions as a reset and initialcondition position. Counter input module is also function to read the position in millimetre (mm). Figure8 shows the input-output responses. After experimental setup, model structure selection, modelestimation and model validation process are succeeded, the following model in the form of discrete-time open-loop transfer function was identified for third order system as shown in equation (1).

(a) Valve input (b) Valve output

(c) Pressure input (d) Counter input

Figure 8: Input and output responses

321

321

1

1

2213.01669.09884.01251.1653.1421.1

z z z

z z z

z A

z B

o

o (1)

As a conclusion, the output of the result shows the data position and pressure in real-t ime system andalso obtain the transfer function after communicate with NI devices. This research will provide greateropportunities for future work such as development of controllers and development of Graphical UserInterface (GUI) between PC and IPA using NI DAQ card for communication and validation process.

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 700

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

Time (s)

V o l t a g e

( V )

Signal Valve 1

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 700

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

Time (s)

o t a g e

Signal Valve 2

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 702

2.5

3

3.5

4

4.5

5

Time (s)

P r e s s u r e ( M P a ) x

1 0 e - 1

Signal Pressure

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 700

50

100

150

200

Time (s)

o s t o n m m

Signal Counter

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 117 of 318

References1. A. A. M. Faudzi, K. Suzumori and S. Wakimoto, "Distributed Physical Human Machine Interaction

Using Intelligent Pneumatic Cylinders," in Micro-NanoMechatronics and Human Science, 2008.MHS 2008. International Symposium on , 2008, pp. 249-254.

2. A. A. M. Faudzi, K. Suzumori and S. Wakimoto, "Design and control of new intelligent pneumatic

cylinder for intelligent chair tool application," in Advanced Intelligent Mechatronics, 2009. AIM2009. IEEE/ASME International Conference on , 2009, pp. 1909-1914.3. A. A. Mohd Faudzi, K. Suzumori and S. Wakimoto, "Development of Pneumatic Actuated Seating

System to aid chair design," in Advanced Intelligent Mechatronics (AIM), 2010 IEEE/ASMEInternational Conference on , 2010, pp. 1035-1040.

4. Ahmad 'Athif Mohd Faudzi, "Development of Intelligent Pneumatic Actuators and Their Applications to Physical Human-Mechine Interaction System," Ph.D. Thesis, The GraduateSchool of Natural Science and Technology, Okayama University, Japan, , vol. September, 2010.

5. J. K. Meinhardt and M. Inc., Stimulus and Acquisition Considerations in the System IdentificationProcess , Tutorial, NI Developer Zone, National Instrument, 2010.

Appendix

(a) PCI/PXI-6221 (68-Pin) Pin out (b) SCB-68

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 118 of 318

(c) Default NI-DAQmx Counter/Timer Pins

Author Information: Ahmad Athif Bin Mohd FaudziUniversiti Teknologi MalaysiaDepartment Of Mechatronic and Robotics, FKE,UTM JB, 81310 Skudai, JohorEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 119 of 318

Making the Case for TV White Space: Using National InstrumentsPXI and LabVIEW for Cognitive Radio Prototyping

Segment: Academic

Country: Philippines

Author(s):Joel Joseph S. Marciano Jr.Leonard Bryan B. PaetMiguel Carlo L. Purisima

Products:NI PXIe-8108NI PXIe-5663ENI PXIe-5673ENI LabVIEW 2011

Challenge:Verifying real-time spectrum utilization in the TV broadcast band and validating the feasibility andperformance of opportunistic wireless communication therein.

Solution:Using NI PXI hardware and LabVIEW to implement a variety of spectrum sensing algorithms andcognitive physical layer techniques that instantiate reconfigurable TV White Space (TVWS) radios.

IntroductionTV White Space refers to a swath of underutilized spectrum in the VHF (54-216 MHz) and UHF (470-806 MHz) bands. Current research in this area deals with adaptive sensing of licensed primary usersand appropriate cross-layer design techniques that enable opportunistic communication fromunlicensed radios of secondary users to be realized, thereby leading to efficient use of valuablespectrum.

Such a spectrum agility scheme is part of a broader category of features attributed to so-calledcognitive radios. Cognitive Radio (CR) is increasingly seen as an enabling technology to addressunabated demand for high data rate wireless connectivity amidst the scarcity of radio spectrum.Combined with geographical databases that identify fixed licensed users of TV band frequencies ingiven area, adaptive spectrum sensing will provide information on transmitting devices - possibly from

other white space devices - on a more localized scale, thus giving a complete picture of spectrumoccupancy status.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 121 of 318

convert y[n] into its frequency representation Y[k], we can use Parseval’s theorem to repres ent thetest statistic T as

(4)

Assuming a large number of samples M in the frequency domain, we can use the Central LimitTheorem (CLT) to approximate the distribution of T for the two hypotheses to:

(5)

(6)

where P N is the noise power spectral density and P T is the power of the primary user signal. Thesetwo distributions are presented in Figure 2 below.

Figure 2 : Approximate Distributions for T H0 and T H1 showing where the False Alarm (F.A.) andMisdetection (M.D.) regions are

Using the approximate distributions for T H0 and T H1 , we can now set a threshold according to somecriteria, such as the desired probability of false alarm (P FA). The probability of false alarm is equal to

(7)

where Q(*) is the tail probability of the standard normal distribution. Given a desired P FA , we canderive the threshold power (energy) from eqn. (7) as

(8)

Energy Detector Implementation in LabVIEWUsing the analysis presented above, we designed a CFAR Energy Detector in LabVIEW using thefollowing parameters:

Table 1: Energy Detector Settings in LabVIEW

Parameters Values

Frequency Band 470 MHz - 806 MHz

Measured Ave. Noise PSD in Freq. Band,(P N)

-147.81 dBm

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 122 of 318

Channel Bandwidth, (B) 6 MHz

Resolution Bandwidth 10 kHz

No. of Spectral Lines/Samples in B, (M) 6 MHz / 10 kHz = 600lines

Desired Probability of False Alarm, (P FA) 0.01 (1%)

Figure 3: Front Panel GUI for the CFAR Energy Detector Virtual Instrument (VI) implemented inLabVIEW

(a)

(b)Figure 4 : Internal LabVIEW VI Code for (a) CFAR Energy Detector (b) Channel Selector

Figure 3 shows the front panel of CFAR detector Virtual Instrument (VI) implemented in LabVIEW.This VI receives the local channel spectrum via the NI PXIe-5663E module and checks if the power ineach 6 MHz wide channel from 470 MHz to 806 MHz exceeds the power threshold computed via (8)using the parameters shown in Table 1.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 123 of 318

Figure 4a shows the VI code for the CFAR detector VI. This VI outputs an array of 56 Boolean valuesrepresenting the current channel occupation status, which is then input into the Channel Selector VI(Figure 4b) that computes the past and current channel utilization ratios to decide which channels aremost suitable for reuse. The chosen frequency is then fed to the cognitive radio transceiverimplemented in the next section.

Integration of the Spectrum Sensing Scheme with the Radio PrototypeTo confirm the usability of the available white spaces in the TV spectrum, a radio transmitter andreceiver were implemented using the NI PXIe-5673E and an NI PXIe-5663E , respectively. Thetransceiver tunes to a free channel specified by the energy detection algorithm described previously.The receiver observes the channel during this window, detects arriving packets and then goes back toits energy detection mode. Figure 5a shows a sample packet in the receiver with preamble and datasections. Figure 5b shows the plot of the correlation between the waveform and the length-15 M-sequence, where the single peak pinpoints the location of the M-sequence. This allows the symbolclock to be recovered for the rest of the packet.

(a)

(b)Figure 5: Receiver VI front panel plots.(a) Transmitted packet waveform s as sampled by the NI PXIe-5663E Vector Signal Analyzer.(b) Plot of the correlation between the packet waveforms and a length-15 M-sequence .

For the data section, the modulation scheme can be set as either QAM or Parallel Sequence SpreadSpectrum (PSSS), which is based on an overlap of cyclically shifted versions of an M-sequence [5]and is implemented here as a physical layer prototyping exercise.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 124 of 318

(a) (b)Figure 6: Receiver constellation plots for (a) 16-QAM and (b) n=2 PSSS.

Figure 6a shows the constellation plot from a 16-QAM signal generated by the NI PXIe-5673E andacquired by the NI PXIe-5663E . To generate PSSS signals, a length-3, unipolar M-sequence is usedto spread the QAM data. Figure 6b shows the constellation plot from a PSSS signal at 4 bits/s/Hzspectral efficiency generated from a 16-QAM sequence. To despread this signal, the receiverperforms cyclic correlation with the M-sequence (Figure 7).

(a) (b)Figure 7: (a) PSSS modulator and (b) PSSS demodulator LabVIEW code.

Figure 8 is a picture of the hardware setup. Visual indicators in the VI indicate correct tuning of thetransceiver, the result of continuous spectrum occupancy assessment and verification of correctreception of transmitted bits.

Figure 8: The hardware setup, showing the NI PXI chassis and log periodic antennas

Benefits of Using National Instruments Hardware and SoftwareThe integration of LabVIEW and NI PXI hardware allows for tasks such as spectrum sensing and

reconfiguration of physical layer parameters – hallmarks of cognitive radio technology – to be

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 125 of 318

performed in a compact and seamless manner. This flexible hardware and software testbed enablespractical implementation of different algorithms for determining spectrum occupancy and for a side-by-side characterization of measurement results to be performed quickly. The objective of incorporatingsmart spectrum agility schemes into the operation of TVWS radio transceivers is efficientlyaccomplished through the combination of reconfigurable modular hardware and an intuitive

programming interface of the NI PXI platform and LabVIEW.

Future PlansThe current implementation is expected to be enhanced to include further functionality other thanspectrum agility, such as adaptive adjustment of data rate, power, coding and protocol in response todynamic wireless channel conditions. We are looking at TVWS radio technology as a possible cost-effective solution for building wireless links that provide vital Internet connectivity to enhanceeducation, health services and disaster risk management in hard to reach areas. The successful rapidprototyping of these radios bring us a step closer to evaluating their effectiveness and eventually leadto the promulgation of relevant policy governing TVWS for this application.

References:1. E. Axell, et. al, “Spectrum Sensing for Cognitive Radio : State -of-the- Art and Recent Advances,”

IEEE Signal Processing Magazine , Vol. 29, no. 3, pp.101-116, May 2012.2. H. V. Poor, “An Introduction to Signal Detection and Estimation,” New York: Springer -Verlag,

1994.3. S. Shellhammer, et. al., "Performance of Power Detector Sensors of DTV Signals in IEEE 802.22

WRANs," In Proc. Int. Work shop on Technology and Policy for Accessing Spectrum (TAPAS ‘06) ,2006.

4. J. Xu and F. Alam, "Adaptive Energy Detection for Cognitive Radio: An Experimental Study", 12thInt. Conf. on Computers and Information Technology (ICCIT ‘09) , December 21-23, 2009.

5. H. Schwetlick and A. Wolf, “PSSS - parallel sequence spread spectrum a physical layer for RFcommunication,” Consumer Electronics, 2004 IEEE International Symposium on, pp. 262– 265, 1-3, 2004.

Author Information:Joel Joseph S. Marciano, JrUniversity of the Philippines, DilimanEEEI Building, Velasquez St.UP Diliman, Quezon City, PhilippinesEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 126 of 318

Development of an intelligent elderly monitoring system based ondecision made by end-user

Segment: Academic

Country: Singapore

Author(s):Phua Chee Teck

Products:NI LabVIEW 2011NI 1776C CameraNI WSN Starter KitNI compact RIO with NI 9215 Measurement System

ChallengeTo design and implement an elderly monitoring system that is able to discern Activities of Daily Living(ADL) from events such as fall, fire and sudden death.

SolutionThis is an intelligent elderly monitoring system developed using LabVIEW with cameras for usertracking, wireless sensor network for environmental monitoring and compact RIO for physiologicalsign sensing. The software intelligent designed to analyze data collected from the various sensorsaims to discern the ADLs of the elderly from events that could potentially be fatal to elderly stayingalone. More importantly, the system allows the user (i.e. caregiver or elderly) to progressively regulatethe system based on the ADLs of the individual.

AbstractElderly monitoring system has been in existence for many years. However, each of these systemshas its challenges and the lack of a unified development software platform that is effective indiscerning ADLs from potentially fatal events tends to have potential for false alarms. Thisdevelopment uses hardware from National Instruments to acquire signals directly from the sensorsallowing a seamless interface to the graphical system design platform, LabVIEW. Using the built-inlibraries of software functions and data analysis, a software platform capable of reliably acquiring dataand processing it based on user input to discern ADLs from potentially fatal events is developed.

Introduction

Like many developed countries, Singapore’s key population challenges are low fertility and an ageingpopulation. With smaller families coupled with globalization, more Singaporeans are leaving behindtheir elderly and venturing overseas to work or study. As of June 2011, 192,300 Singaporeans (mostlyaged between 20 and 54 years) were overseas for a cumulative period of six months or more in theprevious 12 months 0. This figure is increasing yearly and there is an emerging need to promoteremote monitoring of the elderly with minimum false alarm 1. However, commercially availablemonitoring systems are primarily based on decisions made by the managers, based onrecommendations by technicians, and have resulted in choices that were not in accordance with theactual needs of the care receiver 2.

This development aims to deliver a platform that is able to acquire data from sensors on a periodic

manner where correlation of acquired data will be progressively mapped to the ADLs of the elderly in

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 128 of 318

Figure 17. Exemplary use of compact RIO for physiological sign sensingThe second key component in this development is the use of WSN devices to interface with sensorsfor environmental sensing. An exemplary use of the WSN devices with heat sensor is shown in

Figure 18. Using the environment data collected from the wireless sensor network, the data will becorrelated to the ADLs of the elderly.

Figure 18. Exemplary use of WSN devices for environmental sensing

The last key component in this development is the smart camera. An exemplary use of the camera forperiodic sighting of the elderly is shown in Figure 19. The system allows the elderly to capture theirimage on a daily basis with time logged to each image. In addition, these images are transmitted tothe central monitoring station and stored for data analysis in the event of abnormalities in othermeasured parameters. Using the data obtained from the various sensors and the images stored, thesystem aims to enhance the robustness in discerning ADLs from potentially events such as fall.

Figure 19. Exemplary use of smart camera for periodic elderly sighting

SoftwareThis is an on-going development work which uses LabVIEW as the software platform for thisdevelopment. LabVIEW provides an intuitive graphical system design interface which comprisesunique graphical programming language, built-in engineering-specific libraries of software functionsand hardware interfaces; and data analysis, visualization, and sharing features.

Internet

Data collation forhealth monitoringand association to

Environmentalmonitoring

Temperatureof kitchen

Temperatureof toilet

Data collation todiscern ADLs (e.g.

cooking, showering)

Visual Monitoring

Internet

Periodic elderly sightingto discern ADLs from

potentially fatal events

Periodic imageacquisition of

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 129 of 318

The basic platform that integrates all the hardware components into a single GUI was developed byengineers of National Instruments as shown in Figure 20.

Figure 20. Reference platform for user interface and control of hardware

Using Figure 20 as the reference platform, this development will acquire the data from the varioussensors and process it to discern ADLs of the elderly from potentially fatal events. The framework forthis development is shown

Figure 21. This framework aims to deliver a platform that is adaptable to the needs of the end-userand allows the caregivers to associate potential of fatal events through abnormalities in datameasured.

Figure 21. Framework on data processing and decision to discern ADLs from fatal events

Conclusions

Daily imageacquisition of elderly

Daily acquisition vitalphysiological signs

Continuous monitoring ofenvironment data

Health monitoring andassessment

Sighting to ensure nofatal events had

Association of measureddata with ADLs

Decision based onuser defined ADLs

Decision based on medicalrecommendations

Decision based on time of

measurement when loss ofcommunications occurs

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 130 of 318

This architecture of this development has been defined where the hardware platform is defined tosupport ease of data communications to the monitoring station. The software platform defined in thisdevelopment uses LabVIEW and aims to deliver a user adaptable solution allowing end-users toassociated measured data to their ADLs.

Future WorkThis development will be completed and deployed for trial in the elderly community in Singaporewhere feedback will be collected to enhance this work. The ability of user defined decision aims toprovide a deployable solution that is suitable for the elderly and caregivers.

AcknowledgementThe author would like to express their gratitude to the School of Engineering, Nanyang Polytechnic(Singapore) for the support of this development and usage of facilities that made this work possible.

Reference1. National Population and Talent Division, Prime Minister’s Office, Singapore Department of

Statistics, Ministry of Home Affairs, Immigration & Checkpoints Authority, “Populati on in brief2011”, September 2011.

2. Abbate, S. et al, “Recognition of false alarms in fall detection systems”, ConsumerCommunications and Networking Conference (CCNC), IEEE 9-12 Jan. 2011, pp 23 - 28.

3. Anne-mie Sponselee1 et al, " Smart Home Technology for the Elderly: Perceptions ofMultidisciplinary Stakeholders," http://hbo-kennisbank.uvt.nl/cgi/fontys/show.cgi?fid=3645 .

Author Information:Phua Chee TeckNanyang Polytechnic180 Ang Mo Kio Avenue 8Singapore 569830Email: [email protected]

http://hbo-kennisbank.uvt.nl/cgi/fontys/show.cgi?fid=3645




8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 131 of 318

Development of a therapeutic game for the elderly with remotemonitoring by caregivers

Segment: Academic

Country : Singapore

Author(s):Phua Chee TeckGooi Boon Chong

Products:NI LabVIEW 2011Reference Pong Game from National InstrumentsSilicon Labs – QuickSense™ Si1120 Optical Sensor ICs Neurosky – Mindwave Sensor

ChallengeTo design and implement a therapeutic game for the elderly with customizable user interactions (i.e.

speed and size of ball) and automated email notifications to caregivers for monitoring of physical andmental activities of the elderly.

SolutionThis is a Squash Game developed using LabVIEW, modified from the Pong Game. The Silicon Labssensor is used to track the motion of the elderly arm to prevent the ball from falling out of theboundary. The speed and size of the ball are varied by the elderly. The brain activities of the elderlyare captured using Neurosky Mindwave. These activities are sent to the caregivers for monitoring.

AbstractThere is an emerging need to promote therapeutic activities, such as electronic gaming, for the elderly

so as to achieve active aging. However, commercially available electronic games lack the flexibility tocustomize to the needs of the elderly and caregiver. This development aims to address these needsusing the bouncing ball game (i.e. Squash Game). The elderly arm is used to to prevent the ball fromfalling out of the boundary. In addition, based on the individual ability, the elderly is able to vary thesize and speed of the ball and the caregiver is notified of their progress. The brain activities of theelderly are captured during the game using Neurosky Mindwave and the peak attention is sent to thecaregiver. These information aims to allow caregivers to associate the elderly’s level of activities totheir physical and mental wellbeing.

IntroductionLike many developed countries, Singapore’s key population challenges ar e low fertility and an ageingpopulation. With smaller families coupled with globalization, more Singaporeans are leaving behindtheir elderly and venturing overseas to work or study. As of June 2011, 192,300 Singaporeans (mostly

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 132 of 318

aged between 20 and 54 years) were overseas for a cumulative period of six months or more in theprevious 12 months 0. This figure is increasing yearly and there is an emerging need to promotetherapeutic activities amongst the elderly so as to achieve active aging 1. One such activity iselectronics gaming, which integrates physical and mental exercise as part of its engagements.However, commercially available games are typically designed for the general users and lack the

features to customize to the needs of the elderly and provide the feedback for the caregiver 2.

This development aims to enhance the therapeutic activities of the elderly through electronic gamingso as to enhance their motor and cognitive capabilities. Based on the findings by Rego et al. 2, thisgame aims to fulfill 7 of the 8 areas of recommended focus. These 7 areas are:

1. Purpose: The purpose of this game is intended for therapeutic enhancement on physical andcognitive activities.

2. User Interaction: The user interacts with the game using physical moving of the arm.3. Dimension of game: Two dimensional interfaces with the game to minimize elderly

confusions.4. Single to multiplayer: Single player game (Squash Game) expandable to two-player (Pong

Game).5. Adaptable challenge: User selectable speed and size of ball (i.e. challenge) supporting

dynamic adaptation based on the elderly performance.6. Elderly knowing their progress: Enables elderly to know their progress in physical and

cognitive performance.7. Progress monitoring: Supports caregiver in monitoring the progressive changes in elderly

performance via email.

System OverviewThe conception of this solution aims to provide therapeutic activities for the elderly and concurrentlyassess the physical and neural activities of the elderly. To achieve this solution, the 2-dimensionalbouncing ball game (i.e. Squash Game) is developed with user interface that is customizable by theelderly and caregivers. For this development to work, the two major components are the hardwareand software system (as shown in Figure 16) . The hardware system provides the user interface andcollects the neural activities of the elderly for processing. The software system receives these datafrom the hardware system and provides a fun and enjoyable environment to the elderly. In addition,the caregivers and elderly are able to monitor the progressive improvement of the elderly throughthese activities.

Figure 22. System Overview

HardwareOne of the key hardware components in this development is the Silicon Labs tracking sensor. This isone of the industry’s most sensitive active infrared proximity sensor ICs, enabling innovative touch -less human interface applications with ultra-low power advantages. Using the development kit with

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 134 of 318

Figure 24. User wearing the Neurosky Mindwave while playing the Squash Game

SoftwareThe main software component of this development is the LabVIEW development platform. LabVIEWprovides an intuitive graphical system design interface which comprises unique graphicalprogramming language, built-in engineering-specific libraries of software functions and hardwareinterfaces; and data analysis, visualization, and sharing features. Using these unique advantages, thebouncing ball game (i.e. Squash game) is developed in LabVIEW with the main objective of having anintuitive user interface. The challenges of the game are designed to be set automatically or to bevaried manually by the elderly through the change in the speed and size of the ball (as shown inFigure 20) . The changes to these challenges of the game will be captured, stored and communicatedto caregivers to support progressive monitoring of the elderly’s progress by both the elderly andcaregiver.

Together with the selectivity on the challenges of the game, the background picture and music arealso changed periodically to provide cognitive impetus to excite the neural activities of the elderly (asshown in Figure 20) . These positive cognitive impetus aims to trigger the neural activities of theelderly and promote healthier mental state of the elderly.

NeuroskyMindwave SensorUser playing

Squash Game

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 135 of 318

Figure 25. Squash Game - user interface and control

When the elderly finished playing the Squash Game, the maximum speed and size of the ball;together with the concentration peak of the elderly will be captured, stored and sent automatically viaemail to the caregiver (as shown in

Figure 21 ). Such information aims to allow caregivers to associate the elderly’s level of activities to

their physical and mental wellbeing. In addition, the captured and stored data will also allow theelderly and caregivers to track the progress and achievements of the elderly in playing the SquashGame.

Figure 26. Exemplary email notification to caregiver after the elderly has played the game

ConclusionsThis development uses LabVIEW with low cost hardware to successfully create and deliver a solutionthat is able to enhance the therapeutic activities of the elderly in a home environment. Theintuitiveness and ease of hardware interface of LabVIEW programming environment are instrumentalin the development of this game. The Pong Game from National Instruments was also useful in thereduction of development time for this development.

Future Work

Wall toblock &

keep ballwithin the

game

Backgroundpicture &music arechanged

automatically

to kindlememory ofthe elderly

Usercontrolled

speed and sizeof ball

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 137 of 318

Functional Smart Grid Prototype using NI LabVIEW, NI DAQHardware and NI FPGA CompactRIO

Segment: Academic

Country: Singapore

Author(s):P. H. Cheah (Research Associate)B. Sivaneasan (Research Engineer)K. V. Ravi Kishore (Research Engineer)G. Anima (Research Associate)M. K. Foo (Laboratory Manager)H. B. Gooi (Associate Professor)

Products:NI LabVIEW 2009NI cRIO 9082 (FPGA module)NI USB 6215NI 9227NI 9225

Challenge:The integration of distributed energy resources (DERs) such as solar photovoltaic (PV) and batteryenergy storage system (BESS) and demand response management (DRM) into the microgrid,building and home has been a great challenge in developing a reliable, cost effective, secure andresilient smart grid infrastructure for Singapore.

Solution:The project utilizes NI Lab VIEW, USB 6215, 9227, 9225 and cRIO to develop the maximum powerpoint tracking (MPPT) module of the PV system and control scheme of BESS for the integration ofhome and building energy management systems (HEMS, BEMS), solar PV and energy storage intothe microgrid.

AbstractThe project utilizes LabV IEW 2009 , NI DAQ and NI FPGA Com pactRIO to develop and test a smartgrid laboratory prototype. NI cRIO 9082 is used to implement voltage balancing mechanism duringbattery charging and discharging and NI 9401 is used to drive the digital IO signal for controlling the

on/off switching of discharging resistors and battery chargers. The MPPT module uses NI 9225 andNI 9227 to acquire voltage and current measurement data from the PV modules. NI 6215 is used toissue gating signals for use by the boost converter and to generate analog output signals to controlthe speed of the fan motor in HVAC System.

Smart Grid Development

winning 1 Microgrid Energy Management System (MG-EMS) prototype which incorporates softwareapplications that manage sensing data and perform load and generation management.

1 Best Innovation in Green Engineering Award, ASEAN Virtual Instrumentation Applications Contest Singapore,

20 October 2010.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 138 of 318

In order to extend the microgrid to a full fledge smart grid prototype, further works need to be done tointegrate the HEMS, BEMS, renewable energy resources typically PV and BESS into the microgrid asshown in Figure 1. Through the integration of the consumer loads and their DERs in the supervisorycontrol and data acquisition (SCADA) of LabVIEW, smart grid applications such as DRM, TOUelectricity pricing scheme, power quality monitoring, power system optimization, DER scheduling, load

forecasting and electricity billing can be performed easily.

Figure 1: Smart Grid Architecture

Figure 2 shows the block diagram on how the application works.

Figure 2: Block Diagram of PV and BESS System

Battery Energy Storage System with NI FPGA-Based Com pactRIO-9082NI CompactRIO module, NI Voltage Sensing module and NI Digital IO driver are used to implementthe BESS to increase the reliability, life span of the battery pack as shown in Figure 3.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 139 of 318

Figure 3: Passive Balancing of BESS

NI PS-15 supplies power to the NI cRIO 9082 module. NI 9225 and NI 9401 are used to measure thevoltage and control the parallel switch of each battery respectively every second. NI cRIO 9082module is a vital part of the whole system. The voltage sensing module and DIO channel areintegrated into cRIO module. The balancing logic is implemented on FPGA hardware with the help ofXilinx interface with LabVIEW.

To control the balancing of the BESS, a LabVIEW VI was developed. In passive balancing, theparallel switch is ON until its voltage becomes equal to minimum voltage. In auto mode, passivebalancing is active when the voltage difference between maximum and minimum is greater than thethreshold preset through LabVIEW GUI. In manual mode, passive balancing is active independent ofvoltage difference which is a case of 0V threshold in auto mode. The BESS hardware setup is shownin Figure 4.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 140 of 318

Figure 4: BESS Hardware Setup in LaCER

LabVIEW VI diagram for the balancing algorithm is shown in Figure 5.

Figure 5: BESS Balancing Algorithm in LabVIEW: (a) VI Diagram and (b) GUI

Photovoltaic System based on MPPT A MPPT system is implemented with NI DAQ modules such as NI 9227 and NI 9227 . The PV voltageand current can be directly measured with the help of NI 9225 and NI 9227 respectively. The acquiredinstantaneous voltage and current can be used for the implementation of MPPT.

The operating point of PV panels usually depend on the load connected to it. So to ensure the

operation occurs at maximum point, a MPPT controller is required to be implemented at the boostconverter stage. The MPPT hardware setup is shown in Figure 6.

Figure 6: Hardware Setup for PV System

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 141 of 318

The MPPT is implemented by Perturb and Observe algorithm. The present and previous real timevalues of voltage and power are compared by perturbing the duty cycle of the boost converter. Theduty cycle is incremented or decremented instantaneously The PWM gating signals required for theboost converter are issued through NI USB 6215 . The operating point reaches maximum power point

in 3s. The GUI of MPPT is shown in Figure 7.

Figure 7: MPPT in LabVIEW: (a) VI Diagram and (b) GUI

BEMS A real-t ime BEMS that can monitor, manage and control every load and energy source installed in acommercial building has been developed. The GUI of the BEMS developed using LabVIEW is shownin Figure 8. The BEMS is integrated with the communication and control hardware components inorder to perform DRM. NI-VISA is used to interface between the BEMS and ZigBee end devicesthrough ZigBee USB Dongle (coordinator). NI USB 6215 is used to read data from temperature andwater level sensors and generate analog output signals to control the speed of the fan motor in AirHandling Unit (AHU) through a VSD. The three DRM functions implemented are:

Load Shedding : Each load holds a pre-assigned priority as shown in Figure 9. When themain supply is about to exceed the contracted capacity, the system will automatically shedlower priority loads.

VSD control : The BEMS has the ability to reduce the AHU’s energy consumption based onthe temperature data collected from the temperature sensors. Figure 10 shows the VIdiagram for the implementation of the VSD based DRM algorithm and the laboratory setup.

Sump Pump Scheduling : The BEMS performs pump scheduling to take advantage of thelower electricity price by shifting load to off-peak period and reduces the overall energy cost.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 142 of 318

Figure 8: BEMS in LabVIEW

Figure 9: Load Shedding in LabVIEW : (a) VI Diagram and (b) GUI showing DRM’s algorithms

Figure 10: VSD DRM in LabVIEW: (a) VI Diagram and (b) Laboratory Setup

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 143 of 318

HEMS A ZigBee-based HEMS which consists of three main components: the smart meter, Ethernet-ZigBeeGateway and SCADA has been developed. The software modules such as DRM, scheduling functionand database are developed based on NI LabVIEW . HEMS enable home users to centrally manageand monitor the energy usage of their electrical devices through load control modules (LCMs).

NI-VISA is used to interface between LCMs, smart meter and SCADA through ZigBee-based USBDongle. Data such as energy consumption and status of each individual home appliance will becaptured from LCMs to do intelligent automatic window blinds control, room temperature control andsmart lighting control which are developed using NI LabVIEW . Figure 11 shows the VI diagram andfront panel of GUI.

Figure 11: HEMS in LabVIEW: (a) VI Diagram and (b) GUI showing intelligent control systems

In order to fulfill the key function of the smart grid applications, DRM algorithms were designed using

LabVIEW as shown in Figure 12. The DRM algorithm developed will interrupt the home appliances(HAs) based on maximum demand or TOU electricity pricing. Home users can set or schedule thesequence of HA interruption via the developed GUI.

Figure 12: DRM in LabVIEW : (a) VI Diagram and (b) Front Panel showing the DRM’s GUI andalgorithms

ConclusionsWith the help of NI LabVIEW , NI Comp actRIO FPGA and NI DAQ modules, we can integrate thedeveloped BESS, PV System, BEMS and HEMS into the microgrid prototype easily. The FPGAtechnology module provides a direct interface for sensing, Xilinx interface to import the logic to

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 144 of 318

hardware and LabVIEW GUI for debugging and validation. It has saved us time to select microcontroller, programming tool, debugging tool, and sensors for operating range.

This work is part of the fundamental blocks of the Intelligent Energy System (IES) project initiated byEnergy Market Authority to explore if small non-contestable loads of buildings and homes in a district

can be aggregated in a sizable capacity so that it is big enough to participate in the frequencyregulation and demand response markets of National Electricity Market of Singapore.

Author Information:Cheah Peng HuatNanyang Technological UniversitySchool of EEE,50 Nanyang Avenue,Singapore 639798Email: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 145 of 318

An investigation of the temperature profile of soil for the incubationof turtle eggs on Perhentian Island, Malaysia.

Segment: Academic

Country: Singapore

Author(s):Tan Hoe Teck, Teacher

Products: NI MyDAQNI LabVIEW 2010 Student Edition x 1Multiplexer x 1LM35 temperature sensor x 10

Challenge The challenge was to create a hardware system to measure the temperature of soil at different depthsfor the incubation of turtle eggs on Perhentian Island, Malaysia. This is to investigate whether thesolution of incubating eggs in pails is as viable as compared to incubating eggs buried under thesand. The temperature measurements taken were to be carried out over a period of 24 hours.

Solution A multiple temperature sensor-based data logging system was created to measure the temperature ofthe soil over a period of 24 hours. During the entire period of measurement, the temperature sensorswere buried at different depths to measure the temperatures at different depths in the soil. Thetemperature sensors were then connected to the multiplexer, MyDAQ, and a computer loaded withLabVIEW to measure the temperatures.

Abstract A multiple temperature sensor system was developed to measure the temperatures at different depthsin the soil over a period of 24 hours. The investigation was carried out on Perhentian Island, Malaysia.The data showed that it is possible to determine the temperature profile of the soil at different depthsin the soil. However, there are several difficulties that has not be resolved yet, such as not beingwater-proof and difficulty to measure temperature at depths greater than one meters.

MethodThe temperature sensors are then connected to a multiplexer and connected to the NI MyDAQ data

logger, which is connected to the LabVIEW software.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 146 of 318

The Block diagram and front panel of the LabVIEW are shown below:

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 148 of 318

Development of In-shoe Pressure and Shear Measuring System

Segment: Academic

Country: Singapore

Author(s):Low Jin Huat, Research AssistantThor Vei Jye, Research Assistant

Products:SCXI-1314 Front Mounting Terminal BlockSCXI-1520, 8-Channel Universal Strain/Bridge ModuleSCXI-1001 12-Slot Chassis U.S. 120 VACNI PXI-6250, M Series DAQ (16 Analog Inputs, 24 Digital I/O)NI PXI-1031

NI PXI-8008NI-DAQmx driver softwareNI LabVIEW 2009

ChallengeFoot ulceration, caused by excessive plantar pressure and shear, has a prevalence of 8-10% in thepopulation over 65 years of age. The data of localized pressure and shear will be useful for theclinicians to predict the risk of developing foot problems such as callus and foot ulcers.

SolutionSCXI-1520, an 8 channel bridge module developed by National Instruments, allows simultaneous

measurement of localized plantar pressure at sites that are at risk for plantar ulceration and re-ulceration. This technology is also useful in our attempt to develop a localized shear sensor in thefuture.

Abstract An in-shoe pressure measuring prototype for assessing localized pressure at regions with higher riskof foot ulceration and re-ulceration, namely the hallux, first metatarsal, second metatarsal andcalcaneus is designed and developed. Measuring localized plantar pressure values provides usefulinformation for clinical and research settings, in particular the treatment of foot ulceration in diabeticpatients. With localized shear sensor, three-dimensional plantar force distribution is obtainable. Thisknowledge is essential for an enhanced understanding of foot function, plantar tissue injury risksassociated with normal and pathological foot conditions, industrial footwear design and bio-mimicbiped walking robots.

IntroductionThe foot is the weight bearing interface between the body and footwear during all daily locomotionactivities. The weight of the body during locomotion is mainly transmitted and distributed over thecalcaneus in the heel, the hallux, and the sesamoids of the first and second metatarsal head (MTH).Hence, the plantar soft tissues beneath these weight bearing regions undergo large loads anddeformation during dynamic activities. Abnormal and excessive plantar pressure and shear arepotential risk factors for foot related problems such as forefoot pain, hallux valgue deformity andcalluses. It is therefore important to design an in-shoe pressure measuring system to examine the footpressure distribution of those patients with foot related problems.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 149 of 318

Moreover, knowledge of the three-dimensional plantar force distributions is essential for an enhancedunderstanding of foot function, plantar tissue injury risks associated with normal and pathological footconditions, industrial footwear design and bio-mimic biped walking robots. The Kistler force plateavailable in the market now cannot measure the shear force. Therefore, the future direction of thisproject is to design a platform which is able to measure plantar pressure and shear stress distribution

in both static and dynamic cases.

MethodologyThe authors have developed an in shoe pressure measuring system to address the above mentionedissues. The insole was first taken out of the shoe and was secured to the foot using rubber bands.White correction fluid was then used to mark out the four spots of the aforementioned regions on thebottom surface of the insole. Next, toothpicks were inserted into the insole at the four spots markedusing the white correction fluid to ensure that the holes are then punched at the correct spots. Ahammer and punching tool were then used to punch these holes. After that, four sensors wereinserted into the punched holes of the insole. Grooves adjacent to the punched holes were cut so thata small section of the wire connecting the sensor could be inserted into the groove, thereby ensuringthe sensor does not tilt. Blutacks were also inserted at the lower surface of the insoles to ensure thatthe sensors were pushed slightly to the upper surface. Round acrylic pieces of 1mm thickness werethen cut and placed on top of the sensor so that a plantar pressure comparable to literature review isobtainable as foot plantar tissues are soft and deformable and the force exerted by the foot on thesensor will be dispersed. In addition, masking tapes were used to secure the sensors and wires to theinsole. A hole was then cut on the right side of the shoe and all wires were threaded through that hole.

After connecting the wires to the data acquisition unit, a cable zip was used to secure all the wiresneatly together.

The futek sensors used in the prototype were calibrated using the deadweight calibration method.Deadweights of 50g, 100g, 200g, and 500g were balanced on the sensors. The displacement of thesensing area from a fixed reference point was recorded for each weight placed ranging from 50g-500g at intervals of 50g each. Calibration equations and graphs were obtained when force wasplotted against displacement on an excel spreadsheet.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 150 of 318

Figure 1: Block Diagram for Strain Measurement

Figure 2: Graph of amplitude against time obtained after one step taken by test subject

Preliminary ResultsThe prototype was connected to the SCXI-1520 and subsequently NI PXI-6250. A block diagram forstrain gage measurement (Figure 1) was created using NI-DAQmx driver software and a LabVIEW2009 was run to test the prototype. A subject with the suitable foot size to fit the shoe was recruited.The graph (Figure 2) shows the results obtained after the test subject was tasked to take one step

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 151 of 318

with the prototype. As seen from the graph, the displacement of the sensor is able to reach amplitudeof approximately 230u. Using equations obtained earlier from calibration, the amplitude wasconverted into a force value. Localized pressure values are subsequently obtained by diving this forcevalue by the sensing area of the sensor. The pressure values are then compared to literature review,and if abnormally high localized pressure is obtained, the subject is to be of risk of developing foot

ulcerations. Therefore, treatment must be seeked early to prevent further complication, ultimatelyleading to amputation as seen in 84% of all foot ulceration complications.

The prototype shows promising potential as we seek to further develop it to measure shear force. Oneof the more popular products manufactured by our competitors, Kistler Instruments (Pte) Ltd is the“Kistler force plate” Making use of piezoelectric transducers that covers the whole plantar surface ofthe foot, it is able to measure all three GRF components on the plantar surface of the footsimultaneously. However, the system cannot measure plantar pressure and shear especially at sitesthat are at risk for plantar ulceration and re-ulceration. This creates the motivation for the authors tocreate a new prototype to address this issue.

Discussion

Calcaneus 2nd MTH 1st MTH Hallux

Force (N) 31.99 5.45 3.31 6.36

% Body Weight 6.46 1.10 0.67 1.28Table 1: Force distribution at static standing.

Calcaneus 2nd MTH 1st MTH Hallux

Force (N) 90.13 23.69 19.99 48.07

% Body Weight 18.19 4.78 4.03 9.70Table 2: Force distribution at walking

The results have indicated that the system is able to measure the localized pressure at differentweight bearing regions.

Table 1and Table 2 shows the percentage of body weight which is distributed among the differentweight bearing regions during static standing and walking respectively. Three values are extractedand compared against literature review.

Firstly, Jacob has reported that 23.8% of body weight is distributed under hallux during the push-offphase. This is higher that the values that our prototype posted, by (23.8%-9.7%=14.1%). Therefore,our preliminary data is not as accurate as we would like it to be.

Secondly, the second MTH has been shown to be the area with the greatest amount of stress andstrain during terminal stance of walking, which corresponds to our data. Thirdly, research has alsoshown that stress is highest at the heel pad during heel-strike which also corresponds to our data.The preceding stage of this project is to recruit diabetic patients and examine how diabetes changesthe plantar pressure distribution of the foot. This may be useful in detecting the regions which havehigher risk of developing foot ulceration and therapeutic footwear design.

The future direction of this project will be to design a pressure & shear gait platform which consists ofnine custom-made miniature tactile force sensors. Each sensor is able to measure vertical pressure,anterior-posterior and medial-lateral shear force distributions on the plantar foot surface. Withconcurrent multi-channel NI data acquisition system, it is possible to integrate every single sensor into

array with real-time detection capacity for force distribution. The maximum sampling rate of the SCXI

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 152 of 318

data acquisition platform is 2.27kS/s (i.e., 2,270 Hz) which is more than enough in gait applicationwhere contact stresses may endure for approximately 0.3~0.5s.

Author Information:Thor Vei Jye

National University of Singapore21 Lower Kent Ridge RoadSingapore 119077Email: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 153 of 318

Design and implementation of flatness based two degree offreedom controller in Series Damper Actuator based on MR damperusing LabVIEW

Segment : Academic

Country : Singapore

Author(s):Mohan Gunasekaran,Dr Chew Chee Meng

Products Used:cRIO – 9076NI – 9505

NI – 9205NI – 9263NI LabVIEW -2011

Challenge:Design and implementation of flatness based two degree of freedom controller to control the outputtorque of Series damper actuator based on MR damper –a torque control actuator for robotic system.

Solution:Using LabVIEW software with FPGA and Real Time controller, controller concept is successfullyimplemented to control the output torque of SDA in following certain torque trajectories

Introduction:Robotics has shown a rapid progress in past decades and robots have been successfully applied invarious fields. However there are many tasks, such as walking, running, jumping, grasping, catchingand manipulation, in which the robot performance, despite extensive research, is inferior to itsbiological counterparts. These tasks require interacting with the real world which is usually unknownto robots. Force/torque control is necessary when robots need to interact with the unknownenvironment.

Successful force control on robots (from here force control generally represents force/torque control)includes two aspects. One is to use algorithms and sensory information to determine the desired forcefor each actuator on robots so that desired interacting force can be achieved on robot-environmentinterface .The other aspect of successful force control is to generate the desired force on eachactuator.

Series damper Actuator (SDA) is one of the force control actuator consist of damper in series betweenthe motor and output link. We designed and developed single degree of freedom force controlactuator with MR damper connected in series between motor and output link .MR damper consist ofMagneto rheological fluid inside which will alter the coulomb friction whenever current is supplied tothe damper. The output torque of the system is controlled by controlling the velocity of the motor andby controlling the input current applied to MR damper. The first prototype is developed andexperiment setup is shown in the figure 1

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 154 of 318

Experimental setupExperimental system consist of DC motor connected in series with one end of the damper and otherend is connected to the F/T torque sensor to measure the torque developed by the damper. Thefollowing figure shows the overall setup

Figure 1 Experimental setup

1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 in the figure 1 represents controller, motor, external amplifier, MR damper and F/Tsensor respectively.Controller is implemented by using cRIO-9076 (FPGA + Real time embeddedcontroller) along with I/O modules such as NI 9505 servo drive module, NI 9205 Analog input module,NI 9263 Analog output module

NI 9505 - used to control the velocity of the motor with encoder feedback NI 9205 - used to receive analog signal from Force /Torque sensor NI 9263 - used to control the input current supplied to the MR damper with third party

amplifier

Controller Implementation:Due to nonlinear behaviour of MR damper, certain nonlinear controller is required to control the outputtorque. Hence flatness based two degree of freedom controller is designed and implemented in bothReal Time controller(RT) and Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA). It includes model based feedforward controller and a feedback controller.

Block diagram in RT executes three main operations1) Receiving the F/T sensor feedback signal2) Calculating the controller input based on the torque feedback and model3) Applying the required velocity to the DC motor and input current to the MR Damper

Apart from these operations, parameters such as output velocity, output torque developed by thedamper are logged in RT at 1000 samples/ sec and transferred to PC through TCP/IP. Some of thechallenges in the implementation of controller concepts are measurement of low signal to noise ratioF/T torque signal, calculation of controller input based on the noisy torque signal and inner currentcontrol loop to control the velocity of the motor accurately. These challenges are easily handled withfew modifications in the example VI provided in LabVIEW.

1 2 4 53

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 155 of 318

ConclusionThe designed controller concepts are successfully implemented and output results were promising.Ease of graphical programming by using LabVIEW and external hardware interface by using cRIO –9067 reduces over all development time and helped us to achieve the required results more efficiently.

Author Information:Mohan GunasekaranNational University of Singapore21 Lower Kent Ridge RoadSingapore 119077Email: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 156 of 318

Design and Prototype of a Stair Climbing and Cleaning Robot UsingLabVIEW and LabVIEW NXT Module Product Used:

Segment: Academic

Country: Singapore

Author(s):Tan Eng LeongHuynh Minh Quan

Products: NI LabVIEWLabVIEW NXT Module

Challenge:Developing an automatic robot, which can be used as a stair climber and cleaner.

The Solution:By using Lego Mindstorm NXT 2.0 robotics kit for robot construction and LabVIEW together with theLabVIEW NXT Module for robot programming, we were able to build a simple model which can befunctioned as a stair climber and a stair cleaner. The model can also be used to demonstrate basicrobot controls to students in academic.

AbstractThese days, many floor cleaning automatic machines have been introduced, and they are more andmore popular such that they can help facilitate the housework. However, automatic robots, which canfunction as stair cleaner, are not widely manufactured. Our robot comprises of 2 function modes:manual and automatic, which can bring the most flexibility for users. Functionally, with implementationof 6 basic functions: moving forward, backward; turning left, right and moreover climbing up, down; weintend to integrate all basic movements for a stair-climbing robot to move on the floor as well as thestair. Besides, in order to do the cleaning task, a vacuum cleaner is attached in front of robot and toclean all the floor area of stairs.

Introduction Automated cleaning robots could help make our everyday lives better without us having to do theboring house chores such as cleaning after a tiring day of work. Thereby, many automatic cleaningrobots have been introduced in the past and exceedingly increasing in popularity; however, those

robots can barely climb and clean the stairs.

Based on the need of stair climber and cleaner, we have come up with the unique idea of a StairClimbing and Cleaning robot and we foresee that it will be potentially a great help for working women,the elderly and the disabled.

In this project, we design and build the prototype of a stair climbing and cleaning robot, which canautomatically maneuver and clean the stairs. Using NI LabVIEW along with the LabVIEW NXTModule, the development, testing and system integration become much faster and easier.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 157 of 318

Hardware ConfigurationFigure 1 shows the photograph of our robot prototype model. Figures 2 and 3 depict the connectiondiagram as well as the dismantled parts of the robot. Figure 4 shows the schematic of the systemconfiguration. The system comprises the computer as a host and the robot as a client. For simpleimplementation, the robot is built from the Lego Mindstorm NXT Kit. Alongside the robot body,

portable vacuum cleaners are attached to perform cleaning during its climbing up and down the stair.

Figure 1 Stair Climbing Robot Model

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 158 of 318

Figure 2 Connection Diagram of Robot Model

Figure 3 Dismantled Components of Stair Climbing and Cleaning Robot

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 159 of 318

Figure 4 System Configuration of Robot

The computer receives commands directly from the users via a front panel user interface created byLabVIEW and sends the encoded commands to the client using Bluetooth. Then the robot would

decode, execute the commands and send back the “Completed” signal to host once finished.

Software ImplementationIn this project, NI LabVIEW serves as our main programming environment. The software featurescomprehensive functions for both basic and advanced control of the NXT brick in LabVIEW NXTModule. Figures 5 and 6 show the overview of VI block diagrams for the host and client programmingof our climbing and cleaning robot.

HOST(Computer)

CLIENT(NXT brick)

Wait for user’s

command

Decode the message

Execute thecommand

Send the encodedmessage to Client

Encode thecommand

Send the “Completed”message to Host

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 160 of 318

Figure 5 LabVIEW Block Diagram for Host Programming

Figure 6 LabVIEW Block Diagram for Client Programming

The communication between robot and host is created by Bluetooth connection. The commandscomprising the mode, speed and the number of stairs (in case auto mode is chosen) are encoded intoan integer number. The number is then padded with ‘a’ letter and tr ansferred through Bluetooth. Inparticular, corresponding to 6 basic movements of the manual mode and the auto mode, we have a

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 161 of 318

list of related actions that can be seen from Figure 5, i.e. Fwd, Bwd, Left, Right, Up, Down and Automode. The robot will stop if no command is detected.

Modes of ActionManual Mode

There are 6 basic motions in the manual mode and the value of command is compared with the list ofpre-defined integers to identify the instruction.

For this robot, motor A and motor B are used for moving forward and backward as well as turning leftand right. For moving forward or backward, these two motors are set to run in the same direction. Butfor turning, they are run in opposite direction. For climbing motions, motor C of the NXT brick andmotor 1 of the multiplexer are used to lift up the robot (refer to Figure 2).

Figures 7, 8, 9 and 10 show how the robot can climb up and down the stair as well as the LabVIEWBlock Diagram for both functions. All of the basic movements are coded into sub VIs for subsequentuses.

Figure 7 Process of Climbing Up

Figure 8 LabVIEW Block Diagram for Climbing Up

1• Move forward: until 1st touch sensor is touched.

2• Move backward: for 600 milisecons.

3• Lift up the front part.

4• Move forward: for 2400 miliseconds.

5• Lift up the second part.

6• Move forward

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 163 of 318

Figure 12 LabVIEW Block Diagram for Auto Mode Function

ConclusionWe have designed and built the prototype of a stair climbing and cleaning robot, which canautomatically climb and clean the stair. The movement of robot may follow certain mode of actioninput by the user. For simple implementation, the robot has been built using the Lego Mindstorm NXTKit. Using NI LabVIEW along with LabVIEW NXT Module, the development, testing and systemintegration become much faster and easier. The software features comprehensive functions for bothcommunication and control of the NXT brick.

The present project has demonstrated the effective integration of software, hardware and virtualinstrumentation for practical hands-on design and prototyping. It provides an immersive platform toenhance teaching and learning of LabVIEW programming, control and instrumentation.

AcknowledgementWe would like to acknowledge the contributions of 2012 second year DIP students group E047 in theinitial work of this project.

Author Information:Tan Eng LeongNanyang Technological UniversitySchool of EEE,50 Nanyang Avenue,Singapore 639798Email: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 164 of 318

Automated Vehicle Maintenance

Segment: Academic

Country: Singapore

Author(s):Mohamed HaroonPhyo Zaw WinFelix Suling

Products:NI cRIO 9201 with Screw Terminals (Voltage)NI 9203 with Screw Terminals (Current)NI 9217 (Temperature)NI cRIO-9012 (embedded controller)

Lab VIEW Real Time Deployment OptionOHIZUMI’s Evaporator Temperature Sensor (Coating Type) D5100 Differential Pressure TransducerMEDER’s Brake Fluid Level Sensor Power Probe LS01 with clippersDuralast/Sensor – Radiator Coolant Level SU13207Carbon Monoxide sensor – TPCO/WM

The ChallengeWhen vehicles are serviced, the technician has to manually examine the every component and relyon car meter readings to carry out necessary maintenance. Some vital examination includes quality of

engine oil, tire pressure, radiator water level is checked. This process is time consuming and has torely on traditional instruments to measure these data.

The SolutionThe idea was to automate the collection of all these data and display it to the maintenance crew.Based on the data collected, the abnormal readings would be focused to fix the problem. By this waythe job would be efficient and data can be collected again after maintenance to ensure that theservice was carried out correctly.

AbstractUsing NI cRIO 9201 , the vital data needed for the maintenance crew to service automobiles will beobtained on real time basis and it will be displayed on the LabVIEW Front panel. The data collectedusing sensors in the vital parts of the automobile will interface with compact Rio and displayed foranalysis. It enables the technical crew to be more focused in carrying out the maintenance work,instead of examining the entire system manually. The system also enables to create technical reportstating the data collected before and after the service. It will assure the manager and customers thatservice was carried out perfectly. It will override the faking of manual log, thereby the systemproviding automated data collection on real time basis.

The overall function of this automated system is to read the different parameters from the vehiclecomponents and display to the technical service crew for maintenance. The data acquired will becompared against the standard and desired values, any abnormal and faulty reading will be rectified.This will enable the technicians to be focused in troubleshooting and fixing the problems. This will

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 165 of 318

enable standard tools for the technician to fix the problems according to the manual prepared by themanufacturer.

Figure 1: Overall view of Automated Vehicle Maintenance

Design and ImplementationThe software for automated measurement of vehicle was programmed to monitor - brake fluid, batteryvoltage, tyre pressure, radiator water level, air-conditioning system (Evaporator) and enginecombustion activity.

The Evaporator Temperature Sensor is connected to the NI 9217 to read in the resistance value fedby the sensor. The D5100 Differential Pressure Transduce, Brake Fluid Level Sensor, Power ProbeLS01, Radiator Coolant Level sensor SU13207 and carbon monoxide sensor TPCO/WM areconnected to the NI 9201 through signal conditioning and a voltage divider is used to scale down theaggregate voltage of the battery to 5V. Power Probe LS01 is also connected to the NI 9203 tomeasure the current of the battery.

When the vehicle is parked in the garage its bonnet would be opened to place the EvaporatorTemperature Sensor on the evaporator of the air-conditioning system. The D5100 DifferentialPressure Transducer is amounted on the four wheels of the vehicle. The Brake Fluid Level Sensor isdipped into the brake fluid reservoir. The Power Probe LS01 are clipped on the +/- terminal of thebattery. The Radiator Coolant Level SU13207 is dipped inside the coolant reservoir. The carbonmonoxide sensor (TPCO/WM) would be placed at the opening of the exhaust pipe.

Once the manual connection and positioning of the sensors are done, the vehicle engine is ignitedand the accelerator is pressed when required. The data fetched from the sensors would be fed to theCom pact RIO and the software would measure the condition of the vehicle. Once the measurement

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 166 of 318

is done the technician would be able to narrow down the area of problem occurring in the vehicle. Thesoftware would display the real time condition of the vehicle and make suggestions to the technician.

Figure 2: Simulated view of Front panel

Description of Front PanelThe front panel displays the acquired data. The value range is predetermined in guidance from thecar manual and programmed. The Evaporator Temperature display the temperature acquiredcorresponds to the maintenance of the air conditioning system. Engine exhaust carbon monoxidehelps the in measuring the quality of smoke emitted by the vehicle, which in turn provide thecombustion nature of engine and correspondingly the quality of Engine. Check Engine oil LED istriggered if the quality of engine oil falls below, if the concentration of carbon monoxide deposited is

high. Tire pressure gauge employs metering and two LEDS to provide technician regarding theinflation of tire.

This is achieved through the pressure sensor mounted in the wheel. The Low Pressure LED isactivated is the tire inflation is below the safety reading and desired Pressure goes ON to aidtechnician to stop pressurizing tire. Radiator and break oil level in the vehicle can b viewed in the formof tank. Battery voltage and the status of battery in charging state will also be displayed. The systemwill be equipped with Emergency stop in order to ensure safety and to protect the device

ConclusionBy implementation of automated Vehicle maintenance the efficiency of vehicle maintenance would beincreased. It will avoid any assumptions, false fixation and faking of maintenance log. The data will becollected on real time basis before and after service, to ensure troubleshoot and problem is fixed. It

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 167 of 318

automates the entire process of data collections which are manually tedious and reduce the usage oftraditional instruments which are used in measuring these data. The system could be further improvedto provide appropriate suggestions and troubleshooting guide in case of abnormal readings. Theimplementation and maintenance cost of the system is user friendly and affordable.

Author Information:Mohamed HaroonTemasek PolytechnicEngineering School21 Tampines Avenue 1Singapore 529757Email: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 168 of 318

Design and Implementation of a Universal Receiver Testbed forSingle Carrier and Multicarrier Signals on NI PXIe Platforms

Segment: Academic

Country: Singapore

Author(s):Sudhan Majhi,Yading Chen, andSee Ho Ting

Products:NI PXIe 1075 Chassis × 2NI PXIe 5673 (PXI-5652 , PXIe-5611 , PXIe-5450 ) Vector Signal Generator × 2NI PXIe 5663 (PXI-5652 , PXIe-5601 , PXIe-5622 ) Vector Signal AnalyzerNI PXIe 8130 Controller × 2NI LabVIEW 2011NI-RFSA 2.2NI- RFSG 1.5.1NI LabVIEW 20011 Mathscript RT Module

ChallengeTo design and implement a testbed for a universal wireless receiver for single carrier (SC) andorthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) signals. The challenges include signalclassification (i.e. whether it is SC or OFDM), signal parameters estimation, modulation classification,synchronization (symbol timing offset (STO) and carrier frequency offset (CFO) estimation), andreconstruction of constellation points of the received signals without any prior knowledge of the signalparameters.

SolutionWith the help of new NI PXIe (PXI Express) technology, a universal wireless receiver testbed basedon SC and OFDM signals is proposed and developed. The blind wireless receiver successfullyestimates all the parameters and reconstructs the constellation points of received signals without theneed for any training sequences.

AbstractIn this work, we aim to design and develop a universal receiver testbed for SC and OFDM signals that

will lay the groundwork for testing and performance analysis of the estimation algorithms. The testbedconsists of SC transmitter, OFDM transmitter and a universal receiver. These have been implementedon a NI PXIe platform which comprises of NI modular instruments like NI PXIe 5663 and NI PXIe5673 . The universal receiver testbed has been designed successfully to reconstruct constellationpoints corresponding to the transmitted signals.

Introduction (Background)In recent years, wireless communications market has become more competitive and versatile due toits increase in demand. Several wireless communications standards have been adopted for differentapplications. Each communications system has its own unique specification and one cannot be usedfor another. Thus, the total manufacturing cost has been increased with the number of

communications standards. However, if we are able to design a universal receiver which can receive

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 169 of 318

different types of standard signals, the total cost will be reduced dramatically. On the other hand,spectrum requirement is increased since the availability of the spectrums is limited. One way to solvethis problem is to increase the spectrum efficiency of the transmission schemes which will releasesome spectrum for reuse. This can be done if no training or pilot data is used in the transmission andinformation can still be retrieved at the receiver. It can also directly be applicable in cognitive radios

(CRs). Thus, in order to obtain a universal and more spectrum efficient receiver, we need toreconstruct the received signal without any prior knowledge of the transmission parameters.

Although much research has been devoted to the theoretical blind parameter estimation andsynchronization of the received signal, none of them are in compact form and no testbeds areavailable to demonstrate the performance of universal receiver for SC and OFDM signals.

Design and ImplementationPart I – The Design: We have considered two transmitter devices and a single receiver as shown in Fig. 1. Our object is tomake the receiver as a universal receiver. To test the performance of the universal receiver, at aninstant, either SC transmitter or OFDM transmitter is activated to generate a signal shown in Fig. 2.

The universal receiver first estimates carrier frequency (CF) and signal bandwidth and then convertsIF signal into a baseband signal. The receiver classifies the signal whether it is SC or OFDM. If thesignal is SC, receiver executes SC related algorithms, otherwise receiver executes OFDM relatedalgorithms.

SC Signal TransmitterNI PXIe 5673

Blind Receiver

NI PXIe 5663

OFDM SignalTansmitter

NI PXIe 5673

D i s t a n c e i s a b o u t 3 m e t e r s

D i s t a n

c e i s a b

o u t 3 m e t e

r s

Fig.1 System Model for Blind Wireless Receiver

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 170 of 318

For preliminary testing and modifications, the complete design of our universal receiver testbed wastranslated into code using LabVIEW embedded with Matlab script node.

Part II: The Implementation: Implementation of transmitter system

Both the transmitters are implemented by using NI PXIe 5673 which consists of PXI-5652 (Localoscillator), PXIe-5611 (RF upconverter) and PXIe-5450 (Arbitrary waveform generator). Once thebaseband signals are available, the signals are first converted into baseband samples with the help ofPXIe-5450 and then upconverted using PXIe-5611 for transmission through the connected antenna.

The front panel of SC and OFDM signal generators are shown in Fig.3 and Fig. 4, respectively. SCand OFDM signals with different parameters can be generated through the front panels in Fig. 3 andFig. 4.

Transmitteddata

SC/OFDMSignals

NI PXIe 5673Transmitter

NI Transmitter

Fig.2 Transmitter System

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 171 of 318

Fig.3 SC Signal Generation

Fig.4 OFDM Signal Generation

Implementation of receiver systemThe universal receiver testbed is implemented using NI PXIe 5663 which consists of PXI-5652 , PXIe- 5601 (RF downconverter) and PXIe-5622 (IF digitizer). In the RF search process, we first select aspecified RF filter span. The received RF energy is then compared with a predefined threshold and if

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 172 of 318

the received signal energy is above the threshold, we assume that the signal is present in this band

and we estimate the position of the peak which is the estimated RF carrier frequency denoted by RF

. The proposed algorithm needs oversampling rate of eight times of IF carrier to estimate IF carrierwithout much ambiguities. Thus, we set IF carrier about 5MHz and sampling rate of 50MHz. The IF

carrier is set by IF= RF-LO, where LO is the local oscillator frequency, LO= -5MHz. It is clear thatthe resultant IF carrier is not exactly 5MHz. Thus, we estimate IF carrier and signal bandwidth toobtain the baseband signal. The baseband signal is used to estimate the other signal parameters.The estimations include carrier frequency, bandwidth, symbol rate, modulation classification, usefulOFDM signal length, cyclic prefix, oversampling factor, number of subcarriers, STO, and CFO asshown in Fig. 5. Most of all the blind estimation algorithms used in the testbed are developed by usand omitted in the discussion due to the space constraints.

Measurement ResultsThis section highlights the measurement results obtained with our universal receiver testbed. A set ofparameters of the transmitted signals are provided in Table. I. Fig. 6 shows the front panel diagramwhen SC signal is present and Fig. 7 shows the front panel diagram when OFDM signal is present.The corresponding estimated values have been shown in the figure itself. When a signal is notpresent, the corresponding parameters are set to zero. It is observed that the signal type, parameters,modulation classifications, and demodulation are performed correctly. The STO and CFO have beenestimated currectly, otherwise constellation points were not able to reconstruct and their would be aphase rotation in the constellation points.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 173 of 318

Symbol Rate Estimation

CFO Estimation

STO Estimation

ConstellationPoints

Modulation Classification

SC Signals

Length of symbol

Joint STO and CFOEstimation

Modulation Classification

OFDM Signals

Length of Cyclic Prefix (CP)

Number of Subcarrier andOversampling Factor Estimation

NI PXI e 5663

Estimated CF

IF Signal

IF and BandwidthEstimation

Signal Classification

Table I: Transmitted Signal ParametersParameters of SC signal Value Parameters of OFDM signals ValueCarrier Frequency, CF 2.3 GHz Carrier Frequnecy, CF 2.3 GHz

Symbol Rate, f s 122 kHz Signal Bandwidth, BW 2 MHzModulation Type QPSK Number of Subcarriers, K 64Filter RRC Length of Symbol, N s 1600Filter Length 8 Length CP , N CP 320Roll-Off Factor 0.5 Oversampling Factor 20- - Modulation Type QPSK

Fig.5 Blind Receiver and Signal Classification

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 174 of 318

Another set of signal parameters is provided in Table II. The corresponding constellation points of SCand OFDM signals are provided in Fig.8 and Fig.9 without changing any settings at the receiver. Wehave observed that the universal receiver testbed reconstructs the constellation points accuratelyirrespective of the transmit parameters.

Fig.6 Front Panel Diagram When SC is Present

Fig.7 Front Panel Diagram When OFDM Signal is Present

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 176 of 318

Future Work and ConclusionFrom the experimental results, it has been observed that universal receiver testbed reconstructs theconstellation points irrespective of the carrrier frequency, signal bandwidth, signal type, parameters,

and modulations. Thus, it is possible to use a single receiver for receiving both SC and OFDM signals.The proposed receiver can be extended for CDMA and other kind of signals. It is obvious that basedon wireless communications standards and their specification, we are able to classify whether thesignal is WiFi or WiMAX. Since we are not using any training sequneces or pilot signal, the proposeduniversal receiver can be useful for low power and high spectrum efficincy transmission schemes.

In future, we will try to extend this universal receiver testbed for MIMO-OFDM signals. Finally, blindchannel estimation will be performed to provide bit error rate performance of the proposed universalreceiver receiver testbed.

Acknowledgement

We are grateful to National Instruments application engineers in the Singapore region for theirvaluable comments and suggestions during the various stages of design and implementation of thisproject.

Author Information:Sudhan MajhiNanyang Technological University50 Nanyang Drive, Level 4, Border X BlockSingapore 637553Email: [email protected]

Fig.9 Front Panel Diagram When OFDM is Present

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 177 of 318

Rapid Prototyping of a Software Platform to Assist theDevelopment of Pediatric Gait Trainer

Segment: Academic

Country: Thailand

Author(s):Supachai Vorapojpisut, Assistant Professor

Products:NI LabVIEW 2011LabVIEW For Arduino (LVIFA firmware, a free LabVIEW add-on)Domestic Arduino Clone Boards (ADK and Leonardo)XBee OEM modules

Challenge:Develop a software system based on LabVIEW-Arduino intergration to assist the Development-Implementation-Deployment (DID) phases of a pediatric gait trainer project within 30 days.Solution:Use LabVIEW and LVIFA firmware to utilize an Arduino board to investigate suitable PWM patternsfor the mechanism of the prototype gait trainer. Then rearrange control code from LabVIEW to

Arduino to achieve standalone and group monitoring features.

AbstractThis article explains our experience on rapid prototyping of a software system to be used in thedevelopment of a low-cost pediatric gait trainer. Due to their advantages on ease of programming andfeature extensibility, LabVIEW and Arduino have been selected for the implementation on PC andembedded board respectively. According to project milestones, a working prototype was required tobe demonstrated within 30 days for the purpose of platform evaluation. Within one week, a PC-basedcontrol software was developed using LabVIEW and LVIFA firmware to study PWM patterns suitablefor leg-pulling sequences. For another week, Arduino firmware has been customized based onLabVIEW code to achieve the requirement of standalone operations. For the next phase, our target isto develop a LabVIEW add-on to gather wireless data via an XBee gateway from multiple gait trainers.

Keyword: Pediatric Gait Trainer, Rapid Prototyping, LabVIEW, Arduino

Motivation

An effect of neurological and musculoskeletal disorders in children is walking (gait) abnormalities [1].Without proper treating/training, such abnormalities cause pains and uncomfortability, thus preventchildren to walk in daily activities resulting in the weakness of supporting muscles. Gait training is anapproach to let children learn how to walk safely and properly. Even pediatric gait training is usuallydone by rehabilitation specialists, further trainings at home with assistive devices under parentalsupervision can improve strength, balance, endurance, and coordination. However a majorshortcoming of pediatric gait trainers in the market is the gap between automatic gait training systems(i.e. Lokomat) which are very expensive and manual-assisted gait trainers which require time andpatience for each course.

To fill such gap, researchers in the Medical Engineering Program, Thammasat University are

developing a prototype of low-cost pediatric gait trainer for cerebral palsy children [2]. As an extension

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 178 of 318

to manual-assisted pediatric gait trainers, the design relies on the reverse bicycle spindle-crankmechanism coupled with a geared DC motor. Originally, a dsPIC-based embedded board was used togenerate PWM signals for the driving of DC motor attached with the mechanism. However the originalfirmware is minimal with button handling, mark position sensing, and fixed duty-cycle PWM generation.

As a consequence, this implementation has raised several concerns about safety, no recording data,and only wired remote control. In addition, there are still missing enabling features for the assessmentof home training, such as the differentiation between self-walks/assisted-walks and the timing ofstance/swing periods.

LabVIEW+Arduino for Development-Implementation-DeploymentBy assisting each walk with two strings attached with each knee, the major concern of originalfirmware is the safety of children from improper string pulling, constant and fixed by hard-coded PWMvalue. To overcome this concern, we have proposed the generation of motor driving signals based ona four-modes PWM profile as depicted in Fig.1.

1. PULL mode: duty cycle is increased to the maximum value (PULL PWM) within a given period(PULL period). The objective of this mode is to apply enough pulling force to raise child’s footoff the ground, hence assists the propulsion in stance phase.

2. FOLLOW mode: duty cycle is decreased from the maximum value to a value (FOLLOWPWM) within a specified period (FOLLOW period). This mode matches the toe-off in swingphase in which leg motion is less resistance to pulling strings.

3. CONTINUE mode: duty cycle is maintained at a value (CONTINUE PWM) until marked crankposition is detected, i.e. the presence of heel strike in the swing phase. Since both strings areslack, the objective of this mode is to complete the swing phase as fast as possible.

4. HOLD mode: duty cycle is maintained at the lowest level (HOLD PWM) enough to hold thetension within string. Therefore self-walk situations can be detected by checking the status ofcrank position sensor. To assist a walk, a button is pressed to advance into the PULL mode.

Due to the difference in weight and height, six parameters can be customized for each patient,namely PULL PWM, PULL period, FOLLOW PWM, FOLLOW period, CONTINUE PWM, and HOLDPWM.

Fig.1: The prototype pediatric gait trainer and the state machine of the proposed PWM profile.

The author has stepped into the gait trainer project in the middle of project timeline. To persuade the

idea of software makeover, a working software prototype is required to demonstrate those missing

T > FOLLOW period

T > PULL period

position

detectedsensor notdetected

button press

CONTINUE PULL

HOLD

FOLLOW

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 179 of 318

features within a short period. Based on our experience, LabVIEW and Arduino are the first choice forsoftware platform on PC and embedded board due to ease of programming and also featureextensibility. The main concept is to partition software development process into three phases(Development-Implementation-Deployment) according to corresponding users. To shorten deliverytime, the development process follows the evolutionary prototyping approach in which software

artifacts of each phase are reused as the starting point of next phase.

Software requirements are formulated based on the main user of software system in each phase. Inthe Development phase, the main user is the research team who is responsible for the investigation ofsuitable profile parameters. Therefore the main requirement is to develop an interactive UI part foradjusting and generating PWM patterns.

n the Implementation phase, the main user becomes a selected group of rehabilitation specialists whowill feedback their experience and suggestion on the prototype gait trainer. The main requirement ofthis phase is to make the prototype embedded board running stand-alone, while PC software is usedfor monitoring purpose via wireless communication. Finally the main user of the Deployment phasewill be staffs at rehabilitation center and children families. Two required features for each user groupare data collection from multiple gait trainers and onboard UI respectively.

Rapid Prototyping with LabVIEW and Arduino At first, the software system was developed using the LabVIEW Interface For Arduino [3], or in shortLVIFA, add-on consisting of a LabVIEW library and a source code of Arduino firmware. The usage ofLVIFA add-on relies on the LabVIEW programming model to communicate a series of commandssynchronously with the Arduino firmware. In other words, Arduino board is just an I/O board directlymanaged by a VI. Based on the requirement of the Development phase, we have developed a VIconsisting of UI and control loops to generate PWM signal via an Arduino Mega 2560 boardinteractively.

Since no work is needed on the Arduino side, the first revision of working software was finished withinone week with some limitations: on-screen button and wired communication via USB cable. Then theworking software has been experimented with some children at a rehabilitation center to find a settingof profile parameters.

Fig.2: Two major loops of the VI: UI handler and control loop

In the second phase, we have rearranged the operation of LabVIEW control loop (right-hand side ofFig.2) into the Arduino firmware such that the prototype gait trainer can be used independently of the

PC. Two matched XBee modules were selected to realize wireless communication between the PC

UI Handler

Control Loop

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 180 of 318

and the Arduino board. We have implemented PWM generation code with three additional commands(read profile, update profile, and read status) in the Arduino firmware, while the VI control loop wasreplaced by a monitoring loop. Following the concept of evolutionary prototyping, almost of UI portionon the PC is not modified except for the replacement of “STEP” button with the “UPDATE” button. Thesoftware transition was also finished within one week with respect to the reuse of UI portion and the

command loop in LVIFA firmware.

At the present status, we are testing and improving the software system of the second phase. Theplan of the next phase (Deployment) is to develop required features to handle up to 10 pediatric gaittrainers within a rehabilitation center. The list of features to be implemented are a remake of UIportion for managing multiple gait trainers, a LabVIEW add-on to enable XBee gateway capability,and a UI panel on gait trainer.

ConclusionThis article has reported our experience on rapid prototyping of a software system for thedevelopment of pediatric gait trainer. The integration of LabVIEW and Arduino, two well-known easy-to-programming PC and embedded platforms, has proved a success in our case. Based on theevolutionary prototyping approach, two software versions aimed for different user groups have beendeveloped within the period of two weeks by reusing major code portions of UI and command loop.With the solid foundation of the LabVIEW ’s analysis capability and the Arduino’s low -cost design, weare expecting a market-ready gait trainer based on our software system after a PWM profile isfinalized by results obtained from field experiments.

Reference1. “Walking abnormalities: MedlinePlus Medical Encyclopedia”, online at

http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/ency/article/003199.htm

2. M. Jirojananukun and B. Rungroungdouyboon “Design Assistive Stepping for PosteriorWalker in Cerebral Palsy children” (in Tha i), The 26 th Conference of The MechanicalEngineering Network in Thailand, ChiangMai Thailand, October 2012.

3. “NI LabVIEW Interface for Arduino Toolkit”, online athttp://sine.ni.com/nips/cds/view/p/lang/en/nid/209835

Author Information:Supachal VorapojpisutThammasat UniversityPaholyothin Road, KlongLuang

Pathumthami, Thailand 12121Email: [email protected]



http://sine.ni.com/nips/cds/view/p/lang/en/nid/209835




8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 181 of 318

Development of the Computerized Control System for BioreactorSystems Using LabVIEW and CompactDAQ

Segment: Academic

Country: Thailand

Author(s):Dr. Poonpat Poonnoy, Assistant ProfessorDr. Nopmanee Topoonyanont, Associate Professor

Products:NI LabVIEW 2011 Development SystemNI cDAQ-9188NI-9205NI-9472NI-9476

Challenge A temporary immersion bioreactor system used for plant micropropagation is operated on a 24/7 basisfor up to three-month duration. The pressure in the bioreactor system must be controlled to facilitatethe fluid flow in the system. The fluid flow significantly affects the plant growth and its multiplication.Improper pressure adjustment may create damage to plant and bioreactor system.

SolutionThe control software with user-friendly graphic user interfaces was developed using NI LabVIEWdeveloper suite. The software was created based on state machine concept and run in parallelmanner. The CompactDAQ hardware equipped with proper digital output and analog input modulescommunicated with the control software via wireless network provided efficient control of the fluid flowinside the bioreactor.

AbstractTemporary Immersion Bioreactor (TIB) system has been proven to be an efficient tool for importanteconomic crops micropropagation. A regular TIB system comprises two separate chambers: one fornutrient medium storage and the other for culturing shoots. Liquid medium is transferred into theculture tank and remains there for a certain period, after which it is forced back to the storage tank forreuse. The plants are generally exposed to liquid medium several times a day. In the mean time, theartificial light is also provided for plant photosynthesis. A tradition control system for the TIB operation

consists of two digital timers responsible for solenoid valves activation.

The solenoid valves must be precisely activated in proper sequence in order to create optimumpressure level inside the tanks. Another digital timer is employed for artificial lighting control.Programming of the schedule for timers is done manually. It is considerably time-consuming task as itmay take up to 90 min for normal operation. The programming task becomes more critical especiallywhen multiple TIB systems are simultaneously operated. Incorrect programming of the digital timersmay cause serious damage to the plant and the operators due to improper pressure level.

Computer software was developed under LabVIEW environment based on parallel computing andstate machine architecture. The developed software running on a personal computer received the

operating parameters from the operator through the graphic user interface (GUI) as shown in figure 1.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 182 of 318

The operator could assign immersion, light, and purge schedules with less effort compared to theconventional control system. The schedule setup required only less than three minutes. The operatorcould adjust operating parameter without stopping the ongoing operation.

Figure 1: Graphic user interface for temporary immersion bioreactor control

The information from the pressure sensors and control signals for the solenoid valves including

lighting system activation were transferred through a wireless network reducing the use of wires. Thewireless communication also allowed the operator to remotely monitor and control the bioreactor.Without the physical entry into the restricted area, the microbial contamination risks may be reduced.

The computer software continuously monitored pressure inside the bioreactor and automaticallydetected the pressure deviation from the reference values. The computer software reported the eventof overpressure or pressure drop on the screen. It also manipulated the activation of relevant solenoidvalves in proper order to prevent the possible damage to plants and related equipments.

The developed computerized control system was implemented in the operation of multiple TIBsystems and utilized for micropropagation of numerous important economic crops such as sugarcane,rice grass, pineapple and so on. The control system effectively control in accordance with thedesignated conditions yielding maximum plantlet multiplication rate with high quality plants.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 183 of 318

Figure 2: Temporary immersion bioreactor systems during sugarcane plantlet micropropagation

Author Information:Poonpat PoonnoyMaejo UniversitySan Sai Department of Agricultural and Food Engineering,Faculty of Engineering and Agro-Industry,63 Moo 4, T.Hnonghan, 50290, Thailand Chiang MaiEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 184 of 318

Integrated Circuit Parametric Test System for EngineeringEducation in Electronic Test Technology

Segment: Academic

Country: Vietnam

Author(s):Moi-Tin Chew , Senior Lecturer Serge Demidenko, ProfessorNhat Minh Doung, Postgraduate StudentYe Chow Kuang, Senior lecturerMelanie Ooi, Lecturer

Products:NI LabVIEWNI ELVIS II

Challenge:Developing a low-cost desktop parametric test system for integrated circuits that would enableprofessional laboratory training of engineering students while emulating production testing byexpensive professional semiconductor testers employed by the industry.

Solution:Using NI LabVIEW and ELVIS II tools combined with a simple plug-and-play custom-made IC testingboard to implement a user-friendly programmable platform for DC parametric testing of small- andmedium-scale level of integration ICs for hands-on test technology training in the higher educationinstitution setting.

AbstractImportance of Test Technology in electronics education has been widely acknowledged in theindustry and academia. The main difficulty in incorporating it into the curriculum of tertiary engineeringeducation programs is the extremely high cost of industry-grate automated test equipment.

Addressing this shortcoming, we developed a low-cost programmable electronic test system forfunctional and DC parametric testing of simple logic ICs. The developed platform utilises NI LabVIEWand ELVIS II tools. It includes also a simple plug-and-play custom-made IC testing board andapplication software. It can be further extended to include other test types (AC parametric, Structural,IDDQ, etc.).

Semiconductor Test and Training NeedsTesting is among main stages of Integrated Circuit (IC) fabrication and its importance and complexityis growing faster than overall progress in semiconductor fabrication. Testing determines functionality,electrical and performance parameters of the fabricated ICs, and checks for possible defects.

It is widely acknowledged in the industry that the spectacular growth of IC technology is onlyeconomically viable, if high quality cost-effective Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) manned byqualified engineering personnel is available for testing chips in a reasonable time and cost.Verification and production testing routinely represent 50-60% or even more, of the total cost/time ofIC manufacturing. This makes testing the biggest single expense of the chip fabrication process.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 185 of 318

There is a serious shortage of qualified test specialists in the industry. Testing and failure analysis arespecialist areas requiring knowledge and skills in different general disciplines as well as in specificdomains. As a result the staff shortage problem cannot be addressed by just employing more freshgraduates or engineers from other sectors of the industry. To be able to be productive in testing andfailure analysis, the industry normally requires new staff to undergo substantial re-training. This leads

to high costs, long learning curves and smaller pools of test and failure analysis engineers availablefor employment. It also doesn’t contribute to employability of university graduates.

The main aim of the proposed test system was to contribute to skills development and employability ofengineering students at RMIT University Vietnam and Monash University Sunway by enhancing thelaboratory experimental part of our jointly developed and offered pioneering course on ElectronicTesting. The laboratory section of the course aims at helping the students to get practical experiencein test technology without the need of using multi-million production testers.

System ArchitectureThe system has been built around three major parts (Fig. 1):

PC equipped with NI LabVIEW and developed application specific software; NI ELVIS II TM development and prototyping platform; Custom-designed IC Testing (Load) Board.

Fig. 1. General Architecture of the Desk-Top IC Parametric Test System

Test System Software

The software of the IC parametric test system is written using graphical language NI LabVIEW thusallowing for visual interaction with the tester and enabling for setting various test conditions and signalparameters, as well as displaying test results in a user friendly manner (Fig. 2).

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 186 of 318

Fig. 2. Screen Caputure of the Graphical User Interface of the IC Parametric Tester

The developed software has a modular structure enabling for expanded functionality (e.g., for additionof new test types) where required. In addition to that, the laboratory experiment part of the software isalso implemented as a template with some deliberately removed portions. This reduced softwareshells are given to students and used by them as canvas (guidance versions) in their lab work andmini-projects development so they could develop their own test procedures and integrate the softwareinto the system so me it work with the hardware resources. This provides quite significant benefits tostudent learning and understanding of the test technology and virtual instrumentation, programming,interfacing, etc.

Once the system is developed and integrated the testing procedure could start. Before progressingtowards actual testing of IC, a student has to configure the system to provide appropriate conditions

for that specific test. It is achieved through the following steps (this is an example for VOH testcorresponding to Fig. 2. This test measures a voltage level at the output pin of the gate under testwhen it is in a logic “1” signal state and while a specified current (0.4 mA ) is sank out from this pin. Toachieve the Hig h state of the pin, two input pins of this gate are to be pulled down to the logic “0” level(0.8V). For the gate to pass this test its output should be not less than 2.4V):

• Select the appropriate socket with IC under test;• Select the type of IC to test. Whenever an IC is selected, the image containing its structure

inside will be displayed on the graphical user interface screen;• Select the DC parametric test to be run. The connection between inputs and output of gate

of tested IC and stimulated signals will be displayed on the connection information frameaccording to the type of IC parametric test. This feature gives user the concept of how toconfigure the test signals;

• Adjust the values of VCC and voltage applying to IC’s input pins (AO 0 and AO 1). • Select the value and type (sourcing or sinking) of the current sources based on the test

requirements.

After finishing the configuration, when user presses the “Test” button, the system starts to test the ICgate by gate automatically. Test results are captured and displayed on the test result region next tothe corresponding IC pins. The results could be either voltages or currents depending on the test.

After completing the test, the system will wait for the next test command (user pressing the “Test”button) to start testing of a new IC. When “Stop” button is pressed, system will stop the testingprogram.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 187 of 318

NI Data Ac quis i t ion (DAQ) and SignalExpress are two main tools to control the system. DA Q is oneof the powerful tools allowing users to capture and process data quickly and accurately. IC testing isone of the applications that require data capture procedure and data processing. In this case, DataAcquis i t ion is excellently positioned to do the job. In the developed tester, the “DAQ Assist” function is used to read and write signals to/from input and output channels. This is very useful tools

to create tasks with simple configurations.

To measure currents, the “Differential” mode is used while RSE (Referenced Sing le Ended) modeis employed to measure voltages. SignalExpress is an interactive, standalone non-programming toolfor making measurements, which enables user to configure settings for each part of NI ELVIS II through LabVIEW . In the IC test system 100 measured samples are captured with frequency of 1 KHzfor each measurement. The more measured samples are captured, the more reliable measurementresult is. However, high sample numbers could slow down the system.

In the developed tester, NI ELVISmx Digi tal Reader and Writer palettes are used to write digitalvalues to DIO pins of NI ELVIS II ; NI ELVISmx Dig i tal Mult imeter is used to read current values fromthe ELVIS DMM ; and NI ELVISmx Variable Pow er Supplies is used to supply VCC voltage to the ICunder test.

IC Tester Hardware NI ELVIS II is used in the system to generate required conditions and signals for a device under teston the IC Testing Load Board such as, currents, voltages, power levels and control signals (Fig. 3).

Test conditions

and controls

CURRENTSOURCES

DEMULTIPLEXERS

BUFFERS

TESTED

IC

IC TESTING LOAD BOARD

N I E LV I S I I

ComputerNI L abVIEW

Application Software

Parametric values

Results

Power supply

Test and control signals

Fig. 3. Block Diagram of the NI LabVIEW and NI ELVIS II based IC parametric Test System

The following modules of NI ELVIS II are used in the test system (Fig. 4): Breadboard - providingconnections between NI ELVIS II and the Testing Board; Digital input/output signal rows – for Controlsignals; Analog Input (AI) – for capturing and measuring voltage/current levels of pins of IC under test;

Analog Output (AO)- for providing voltage levels to appropriate IC under test pins to create therequired test conditions; Digital Multimeter (DMM), Banana jack connectors – for measuring current ofcurrent sources; DC Power Supply – for providing supply voltage to modules of the Testing Board;Supply+ - for providing appropriate voltage to VCC pin of the IC under test.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 188 of 318

Fig. 4. NI ELVIS II Linked to PC and with IC Testing Load Board Connected and Mounted on It

A custom designed IC Testing Load Board (Fig.5) provides the following functions and test resources: Device sockets to connect to ICs under test (of small- to medium-scale integration levels); Connectors for interfacing with NI ELVIS II ; Electronic and measurement tools enabling performing such functions as digital and analog

test signals generation (amplification, level generation, buffering) Hardware for sensing and controlling the applied test signals aiming to ensure right voltage

and current levels and their correction where required; Circuitry for test response signals acquisition and transferring them to NI ELVIS II (from there

the test results are then transferred to the host PC for final storage, visualization, andprocessing where required.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 189 of 318

Fig. 5. IC Testing Load Board: the IC Under Test is Inserted into the Uper Test Socket on the Left

ConclusionThe reported development of the desktop IC parametric and functional tester based on NI LabVIEW and NI ELVIS II tools for electronic education has been successful. It helped us to significantlyenhance the laboratory part of our award winning Electronic Test Technology course (in 2012 itreceived the IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement Society Course Development Award). Thesystem has been received very well by the students and has become a valuable tool to learn anddevelop skills not just in test technology, but also in data acquisition, graphical programming,measurement and instrumentation, electronics, etc., ultimately leading to the valuable multidisciplinaryexperience.

Author Information:Serge DemidenkoRMIT International University Vietnam702 Nguyen Van Linh BlvdDist. 7, HCMC, VietnamEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 190 of 318

Robot Path Tracking Control

Segment: Academic

Country: Vietnam

Author(s):Nguyen Tan LocBui Tuan AnhNguyen Danh NguyenBui Quoc ThuanPhan Thanh LuanPham Trong Tuyen

Products:NI cRIO-9074

NI 9423 (x2)NI 9475NI LabVIEW 2011

ChallengeThe objective is to program 2 slave robots to follow the path made by a master robot. The masterrobot is controlled manually using a joystick. The slave robots have no sensors. Communicationsbetween the robots are made through WIFI network. The master robot can command each slaveindividually or both slaves together.

Solution

Use networked shared variables over WIFI network, the slave robots regularly updated pathinformation o f master robot and automatically follow its path. Robots’ motors are controlled by PIDalgorithm for precise control of speed and distance.

AbstractWe use herd control method. However, we simplify the problem to only control slave robots toautomatically follow the path of a master robot. While the master robot is moving, its path informationis transmitted to the slave robots through WIFI network. The slaves then automatically adjust its pathto follow the master. In addition, the master can command each slave individually or both slavetogether. On each robot (master or slave) we use one cRIO-9074, two NI 9423 for digital inputs andone NI 9475 for digital outputs. The robots’ motors are controlled by PID. The master robot iscontrolled by Sony Playstation joystick through NI 9423.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 191 of 318

System overview

Fig. 1 The system contains 3 robots (from left to right: Master Robot, Slave Robot 1, Slave Robot 2)

1.1 Master robot

Fig. 2 Top view of the master robot

Fig. 3 Side view of the master robot

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 192 of 318

1.2 Slave robots

Fig. 4 Top view of Slave Robot 1

Fig. 5 Wiring connections between cRIO and external boards on slave robot 1

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 193 of 318

Software & algorithm description

Fig. 6 LabVIEW project

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 194 of 318

2.1 Master robot software

Fig. 7 Block diagram of master robot

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 196 of 318

Fig. 8 Block diagram of slave robot

2.3 Working mechanismOn master robot, the joystick is connected to DI0-DI3 of NI 9423. These digital inputs will be assertedor de-asserted when user control the master robot to move forward, backward, turn left and right.

When the master robot turn left and right, network shared variables are used to keep track of turndirection ( CHIEU) and turn angle ( XUNGQUEO) . Turn angle is determined by the number of encoderpulses counted by the counter.

There are 2 other network shared variables: CPQUEO: true when master robot is turning left or right, false when master robot is moving

forward or backward. CPCHAY: to keep track of the velocity of master robot when it is moving forward or backward. On the slave robot, the program will start by checking whether the master robot is moving

forward or backward, the slave will follow at the same velocity, as shown in Fig. 9. If masterrobot turns, CPQUEO will be true and the while loop will exit.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 197 of 318

Fig. 9 Slave robot moving forward or backward

After that, counter on the encoder channel will be reset so that it can start tracking the distance of theslave robot (Fig. 10).

Fig. 10 Counter is reset

Slave robot will continue to move forward 2000 pulses, which is the original distance between themaster and slave robots. The condition to stop the loop and move to the next frame is when the robothas finished moving forward (when PWM_phai_16_xung calculated by the PID control is less than0.2). Please see Fig. 11.

Fig. 11 Slave robot move forward 2000 pulses

The counter is then reset again.

Depending on the direction variable, the robot will turn left or right an angle that is kept track by thenumber of pulses stored in variable XUNGQUEO . Please see Fig. 12.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 198 of 318

Fig. 12 The robot turns left or right

The last frame is to make sure the robot stops moving completely before looping back to the firstframe of the sequence.

2.4 Method used to control robot directionTo drive the robot forward, the motors on the left and right wheels are set to the same velocity and

same direction. To make the robot turn left or right, the motors on the left and right wheels are set tothe same velocity and opposite direction.

ResultsThe first results have shown that the robots can communicate with each other. The 2 slave robotswere able to follow that path made b y the master robot. However, the slave robots’ velocity did notfollow closely that of the master. Hence, the slave robots could not follow the exact path made by themaster. We believe the inaccuracy was caused by lack of tuning of the software parameters andinconsistency of the robot hardware, both electrical and mechanical. We propose one way to solvethis problem is to add distance sensors and to add auto-tuning and auto-checking algorithm to therobot software.

The problem can be developed further to solve herd control problem. For instance, one member in theherd may inform the obstacles it encounters to the rest in the herd so that other members can avoidthe same obstacles. In another example, the members of the herd can coordinate to find the shortestpath to the destination. All of these can be achieved through the communications among the robots.

Author Information:Phan Thanh LuanHo Chi Minh Vocational Colleage38 Tran Khanh Du St, District 1Ward Tan Dinh, Ho Chi Minh CityEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 199 of 318

LEGO Vision-Based Quality Assurance Simulation

Segment: Industry

Country: Indonesia

Author(s):Jemie Nagantara, Trainer

Products:NI LabVIEW 2011NI MyDAQLEGO Mindstorms Education Base setLEGO additional partsLogitech QuickCam WebcamLEDs

Challenge:The repetitive nature of quality assurance process and the possibility of human error in detecting lessdesirable products in a factory line is one of the problems faced in our manufacturing process.Recognizing minor differences in LEGO parts can be a time consuming and tricky job in QA process.

Solution:NI LabVIEW software is equipped with “pattern matching” feature to recognize a specific shape usinga webcam. LEGO parts are used as the conveyor construction and NI MyDAQ is used to select whichshapes to sort and monitor conveyor speed ensuring the speed is constant according to the powerneeded.

Abstract Automation is important to take over monotonous human task in manufacturing industry, in this case,a quality assurance process. The main task in this department is to find any defects in manufacturedproducts before shipping. This research is made to simulate that process by integrating NI LabVIEW software with LEGO Mindstorms Education using vision-based system. By training the system torecognize every LEGO piece as a “perfect product”, the system can quickly identify any productdifferences using the integrated webcam. NI LabVIEW software “pattern matching” feature worksseamlessly with LEGO Mindstorms Education to recognize differences in tested LEGO parts.

Quality AssuranceQuality assurance is the process of using systems and methodologies to ensure that themanufactured products meet the required quality standards consistently. The aim of QA is to producegoods right at the first time, without any rework. Organizations, usually, have a separate departmentto assure the quality of their products. For this reason, they may also use the services of consultants.

QA is crucial for the manufacturing industry. With so much competition and such small margins, nomanufacturing industry can afford to spend time and money on rework. Every activity in the industrycosts money and so does rework, but customers do not pay for rework. Customers pay for theproducts and its added value given by a company, if they see the same product with more addedvalues being offered by another company at the same or lower costs, they will pick the othercompany's product. Hence to assure good quality products for customers, quality assurance plays asignificant role to reduce manufacturing cost.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 201 of 318

Figure 27: Complete QA simulation systemsetup

Figure 28: Visual product comparison

System Hardware SetupThe conveyor system is built out of LEGO Mindstorms Education base set and some additional LEGOparts. White paper is used to make the conveyor belt contrasts to the sample objects. There are 4

buttons to enable QA operator selects which product to be monitored (Figure 4). 3 servo motors,which draw power directly from the NXTs, are used to motorize the conveyor belt, the feeder, and therejection hand. A webcam is mounted exactly above the conveyor belt. To eliminate shadows on thecaptured image, LEDs are also mounted around the webcam (Figure 6). An NI MyDAQ is used toaccept inputs from the 4 selection buttons and also as a power source for the LEDs. This NI MyDAQ instrument draws power directly from the computer through USB interface. Figure 6 shows thedashboard where the QA operator controls the system to enable or disable LEDs and motors alongwith their speed.

System Software SetupFigure 3 shows the methodology of making the software for this simulation to work. All images for

“perfect product” and “sample product” are converted into black and white. Sensitivity adjustment is toadjust the threshold required to convert color image captured by the webcam into black and whiteimage so the number of grey pixels can be compared. Operator dashboard interface is a control panelscreen where the operator controls everything for this simulation from enabling and disabling LEDs,motors along with their speed, and showing live view from the webcam.

N

Y

Start

End

Create “perfect product”

image template

Prepare all“perfect product”

Create operatordashboard interface

Productsample test

All productsmatch?

Sensitivityadjustment

A

A

Figure 29: Overall software making methodology

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 202 of 318

Figure 4: Product selection buttons & indicators Figure 5: System power and control assembly

Figure 6: Webcam & LED lightning Figure 7: System control dashboard

How the Whole System WorksFrom Figure 1, there is a “product feeder” on the right side. This will feed products to the whiteconveyor belt one piece at a time. Whenever a product passes the down-facing webcam, the system

will identify and compare it with the recognized “perfect product” the operator had selected before. Ifthe product m atches the “perfect product” as shown on Figure 2, the system will let the product dropsto the tray on the left side of Figure 1. If it doesn’t, the product will be “rejected” out of the conveyor tothe tray in the center of Figure 1.

Simulation Results

Figure 8: Sample products test

Figure 8 shows the LEGO pieces used to simulate the QA process. Each pair of side-by-side pieces – (a) and (b), (b) and (c), (c) and (d), (d) and (e), (e) and (f) – have a slight difference in shape if theyare looked at a quick glance. It takes a longer time and a closer look for the QA operator todifferentiate them manually.

This system can identify these LEGO parts whether they match the reference part in less than 2seconds with no error at all. This error is calculated according to how many referenced part found inthe rejection tray. At the beginning, there are 11 LEGO sample parts prepared in the feeder slot. 4 ofthem are the same with the reference product. When the system finishes scanning those 11 samplepieces, the 4 sample pieces - which are exactly the same with the reference product – are not foundin the rejection tray but in the accepted tray. This means that the system works very well within proper

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 203 of 318

settings.

ConclusionIt is easy to build a prototype and make industrial standard system simulation using LEGOMindstorms Education and NI LabVIEW software thanks to their flexibility and ease of use. This

prototyping system is suitable for young engineers and professionals who want to design and buildindustrial standard control systems.

Author Information:Jemie NagantaraMIKROBOT21, Asia Afrika Lot 19, Senayan CityCrystal Lagoon L97-02, Jakarta, IndonesiaEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 204 of 318

Building Sea Wave Generator using NI PXI and LabVIEW

Segment: Industry

Country: Indonesia

Author(s): Arif Fatkur Rohman, STRosul Akbar,ST

Products:1 x NI PXIe-8370 1 x NI PCIe-83711 x X4 MXI1 x NI PXI-67232 x SCB-68

2 x SH68-C68-S3 x CB-503 x R10050503 x NI PXI-65091 x PXIe-1062QNI LabVIEW 2011

Challenge: Developing sea wave simulator (Maneuvering and Ocean Basin) with high precision and

lowest cost, generated by 202 pcs actuator that can independently controlled. The system must be able to read/write .txt file , user friendly and can be operate in one

display monitor PC. Output of sea wave simulator must be same with the wave data input. (max tolerance = 3% )

Solution After compare with any system controller PLC base, we decide to use National Instruments. Morereliable, flexible, and reduce cost until 40%. We use basic concepts Read From Measurement FileExpress VI to read sample data.

AbstractBefore building off shore oil platform/rigs, we need feasibility study about hydrodynamic andaerodynamic to ensure about stability and efficiency of this platform. Hydrodynamic factor containns :

how fast of the sea currents , how big of sea wave , and the directions of the currents at location thatthe platform will be build, this factors can influence the structure design of platform. For this purpose,we have to build the hydrodynamic and aerodynamic laboratory that can be use as representation ofreal condition.

Introduction After the location of platform is defined, the engineer will first have to collect data about hydrodynamicfactors, and these data will then be stored and transformed to MATLAB software in order to producenumerical data in .txt extension, as illustrated in figure 1a. Next, sample data will be loaded and readby LabVIEW software in order to generate Analog Output Voltage and moving hydraulic actuator.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 205 of 318

Figure 1a: Sample data from measurement of sea wave in Mathlab

Figure 1b: Sample data chart

Figure 2a shown block diagram of sea wave generator using NI Platform.Figure 2b shown modules National Instrument.

We only need 32 channels Analog Output from National Instruments to control 224 unit actuator. Tobe able to do this, we built a buffer / amplifier module to make more strength the signal from AnalogOutput and also built matrix switch modules.

Signal from analog output will be send to buffer module and than will be distributed to matrix switchboards. The function of matrix switch boards is to control and choice which actuator will be generate.Because for some testing and simulating of oil platform not all of 224 actuators used, depend on sizeand design of the oil platform model, for this case we can turn on or turn off some actuator with matrixswitch that controlled by digital Input / Output Module.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 206 of 318

Sensor ControlBoards 56x

Tower PC

Wn

Xn

Actuator Control Boards56x

Actuator 224x

AO 32ch

Sine Generator

MatrixSwitchBoards96ch

Mux DO

Mux DO

Mux DO



Xn

Sub rack

3 X DI/DO96ch

CONTROL UNIT GENERATOR UNIT

AMPLIFIER 224 CH ACTUATOR FEEDBACK

Buffer

HIDRAULIC PUMP UNIT

NATIONALINSTRUMENT

Figure 2a: Block diagram of Sea Wave Generator using National Instruments

Figure 2b : Panel National Instruments

We placed a sensor control boards each actuator to correct actual position of piston. (figure 2c). Ifthere is a problem in actuator, will be confirm to Subrack. After that, sent to DI module NationalInstrument, and then will be displayed as alarm in DISPLAY STATUS.

There is a hydraulic pump unit to supply all actuator which controlled by LabVIEW via serialcommunication RS232. So, all system can be controlled and monitoring in one display monitorcomputer.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 207 of 318

Figure 2c: Install control boards actuator in Transversal Side

In the wave pool simulator (figure 4), the actuator split by 2 side, Longitudinal Side (LS) andTransversal side (TS). Longitudinal side for generating wave from side of the oil platform model, thisside generated by 124 actuators. Transversal Side for generating wave from the front of oil platformmodel, this side generated by 78 actuators. And there is 22 pcs actuator to drive main flap and spare.In total installed actuator in wave pool simulator are 224 pieces or channels.

There is 2 (two) unit of absorber at the opposide to absorb the wave from actuator. The absorbermoving up and down manually. With the absorber the wave can not moving back to actuator side. Willdecrease in the absorber.

Dimension of pool = 70m x 30m. And deep = 4 m.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 208 of 318

123456789

1011121314

1516

122123124

1 2 3 4 5 6 78

77

MODEL RIG

Transversal Side (TS)

L o n g

i t u d i n a

l S i d e

( L S )

Absorber

A b s o r b e r

30 meters

7 0 m e

t e r s

Figure 4: Layout Wave Pool Simulator

Figure 5 illustrates layout of Front Panel Operator.

This control system have a calibration function (multiply factor) that can be used to calibrate themovement of actuator, in order to make minimum error tolerance if we compare from numerical datainput and real output from actuator. Actual value of water waves can be measure with ultrasonicsensor, this device same with tool that use to measure actual wave at real sea or ocean for sampledata. If the value are different from sample data, calibrator or multiply function can be use to correctthe movement command of actuator.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 209 of 318

Figure 5: Front panel control MOB (Maneuvering and Ocean Basin)

The generated waves can be monitoring in the computer screen with waveform chart or analog outputindicator in front panel.

For increase accuracy and flexibility we can adjust the loop time, sampling rate, samples per channeland sampling counter, for setting how many cycle loop that needed for each running. And finallyGenerated output waves can be save in folder.

Before Start “RUNNING WAVE”, waveform can be preview with “preview” button, if the waveform arecorrect, we can select the actuator, (all Longitudinal Side, All Transversal Side , some of LongitudinalSide, or some of Transversal Side) . and finally, we can start “running wave” . It will running on all ofelectronic modules in the panel control , and will drives the actuator.

There are some interlock system for safety. If running wave in position “on” , we can’t re choice pushswitch and can not exit LabVIEW . It’s very dangerous if we stop LabVIEW immediately while allsystem electronic is running. All of actuator will move anyway very fast.

If we want to exit LabVIEW , we must turn “off” Running Wave first. Such as if we want to choice pushswitch again.

There is DISPLAY STATUS to displayed alarm from actuator.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 210 of 318

Basic ConceptsWith LabVIEW software, we feels like more simple to do anything from my desktop . To read sampledata, we use Input Express Vis. And use initialize array function to generate signal up to 32 channelanalog output modul, as illustrated in figure 6

.Figure 6: Read/write measurement file code

We use multiply function to multiply value from Input Expres VI before send to DAQmx. This functionis need to calibrate real output from actuator. We add Output Express VI to write to measurement file.If “TAKE OVER” / “RUNNING WAVE” pressed, the code will cy cle continuously until iteration is sameor greather than ‘SAMPLES PER CHANNEL’.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 211 of 318

For the alarm system monitoring, in the figure 6, we use Concatenate String Function to translatecode from DI module. And use For Loop Structure, so list of error can be add easily.

We also use VISA SERIAL PORT VI to built serial communication RS232 to control Hydraulic PowerUnit, becouse Position Hydraulic Pump Unit (HPU) is so far from panel control.

At the front panel we need push button switch to run actuator 224pcs. Because actuator have to berun independently, so we have to create boolean much more. We use Build Array Function to createall button, as illustrated in Figure 7. We also use Event structure because it has more sub diagrams.

Figure 7: Push Button Switch code

With the combination all electronic part and National Instrument in the above we get output wave inhigh accuracy. We get tolerance 0.4% from sample and real output wave from actuator. (Itsamazing !!)

Benefits using National Instruments With LabVIEW software, we feels like more simple to do anything from my desktop More flexible if we want to re-engineer system in the next.

We have calculate and compare if we use another system (PLC with SCADA) in this project,really we got efficient cost until 40% .

Future PlansWe will build system communication online via web server so we can transfer data by anothercomputer via web server with secure connection. Now we still studying about Blowfish encryption &Hill Cipher encryption. So in the next we can represent the MOB (Maneuvering and Ocean Basin) tomy customer anywhere.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 212 of 318

Author Information: Arif Fatkur Rohman, ST Araya InternusaGateway Citra Harmoni RKG 32Taman. Sidoarjo. East Java

Indonesia. 61257Email: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 213 of 318

Product Label Print Quality Inspection System

Segment: Industry

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):Tam You Wei

Products:NI Vision Builder for Automated Inspection Version 2010

Challenge:Previously the product label print quality inspection process was reply on operators to inspect productlabel, they may miss out a number of poor quality printing label as they only inspect using their nakedeyes. As the number of production increases, the company needs to fork out more expenses to hiremore operators as well.

Solution: A semi-automatic system is built to replace the use of operators for inspecting labels. The systemuses vision camera for inspection of each label precisely. If the label printing is good, the label willpass through the system. Otherwise, the system will pause and alert the user for further action.

Abstract

In product label printing process, each label printed will be rolled up and sent to customers. However,there might be some printing errors occurred during the process which causes the labels to berejected specifically when the bar code cannot be read. Thus, this Product Label Print QualityInspection System is to check each of the labels by camera and sends alert to user when defects inprinting are detected. Users are able to monitor the whole process through computer. Any defects ofprintings are highlighted on the screen to allow users to see the error clearly.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 214 of 318

Product Label Print Quality Inspection SystemTechnical OperationFigure 1 shows the captured picture of the full Product Label Print Quality Inspection System.

Figure 30: Product Label Print Quality Inspection System

For this Product Label Print Quality Inspection System, the program written by using NI Vision

Bui lder for Auto mated Inspect ion , will automatically check for the details printed on the labels bydecode the bar code of the product, Optical Character Recognition (OCR) the Serial Number, andpattern match the fix characters printing with model template which is set by the user, through the NIVis ion Bui lder for Autom ated Inspect ion software.

For the first start-up, user has to configure the settings for the model template to be compared.Basically, one machine will usually inspect same type of labels. Thus, the user will only have tochange the model template for date on each date changes. User may set the number of loops torecheck the image if error is detected. For higher precision, user can increase the number of loopswithin the inspection state. Next, user has to teach the program to read the characters of serialnumbers on the labels by entering the correct character to the image acquired for a few times. During

configuration, user can run the inspection step-by-step to ensure it is error free. Figure 2 shows part ofthe configuration settings.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 215 of 318

Figure 31: Teaching Machine to Read Characters

Once the configurations are done, the system can be started immediately and allowed to run on itsown with minimal supervision. The product labels that are to be inspected will be sent into the

machine and placed under the vision camera. The positioning of the label under the camera isaccurately controlled by a through-beam sensor which will stop the rotation of motor once it detects agap in between labels and trigger the program. This is to make sure that all labels stops exactly at thesame position under the vision camera for accurate inspection.

Then, the program will trigger the vision camera to capture image of the label and compare theacquired image with the model template which previously set by user. If the details in the region ofcomparison (ROI) are similar with the model template, the system will display a green-colored box onthat ROI on the screen. If there is any difference between model template and image captureddetected, a red-colored box will be highlighted on the ROI on the screen to inform user that the imageis failed. Figure 3 shows an example of passed label.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 216 of 318

Figure 32: An Inspection-passed Label

Whenever the program detects fault, it will repeat the inspection for several times as configured byuser to confirm the error. If the image failed continuously for specific number of times, the program willdisplay a notification message on screen and turn on the red tower light and buzzer to notify the user.The user may opt to ignore the error if it is a false alarm or remove the rejected label and resumesinspection operation. If the image inspected passed the inspection states, the program will sendcommand using serial port to the motor to continue its rotation, until the through-beam sensor stops itfor the next label.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 217 of 318

Block DiagramFigure 4 shows the block diagram of Product Label Print Quality Inspection System.

Figure 33: Block Diagram of System

AdvantagesComparing with human eye inspection, this system can effectively sort out the rejected labels withexceptionally low number of misses. Human eyes may sometimes miss out the minor printing errorson the labels especially when there is a large amount of labels to be inspected and it will be very tiringfor the operators. As the operators become tired, the accuracy of inspection will gradually decrease.Besides, the company needs to fork out a large amount of budget on hiring a number of operators forthe inspection job while giving an unsatisfactory output.

The Product Label Print Quality Inspection System fully utilizes a single computer to carry out thewhole inspection process. One computer is able to handle a large amount of labels continuously.Thus, this system is a solution to save on company expenses on hiring manpower as one operator

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 218 of 318

can take care of few sets of machine simultaneously without strain. The operator may also handleanother job at the same time while the machines are inspecting the labels.Thanks to the advancement of technology nowadays, this system able to inspect a large amount oflabels continuously in the shortest inspection time and thus increases the output quantity whilereducing the expenses in labor hours and overhead costs. Furthermore, if the rejected labels are sent

to the customers, the company has the responsibility to replace the rejected labels. Hence, by usingthis system, the company also saved some expenses in dispatching officers to resend the labels tothe customers.

The machine for this system uses only one motor to roll up the passed labels, and there are minimalwear-and-tear components to be replaced. This means that the machines need not to be maintainedand repaired frequently and thus saves up the expenses for the machines.

Meanwhile, NI Vis ion B ui lder for Autom ated Inspect ion also comes with a few template ofGraphical User Interface (GUI) to be used with minimal configuration. Figure 6 shows the GUI ofinspection mode.

Figure 5: GUI of Inspection mode

The Product Label Print Quality Inspection System can be programmed to inspect up to four differentbar codes in one label at the same time, depending on user’s setting. This feature helps to speed upthe inspection process if the labels to be inspected contain a few bar codes each.

In this era with the technology advancing progressively, operators in production lines had beengradually replaced by computer-controlled systems which will be more efficient and cost-saving. Thus,to compete with the market nowadays, all the machines used must be updated frequently to the up-to-date systems such as this Product Label Print Quality Inspection System.

Author Information:Tam You WeiCreative Control & Measurement Sdn. BhdNo. 20A, Jalan BPU 4, Bandar Puchong Utama,47100 Selangor Darul EhsanEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 219 of 318

Lead Frame Semiconductor Package Vision Inspection System

Segment: Industry

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):Seng.Kiong.Chan, Software Engineer

Products Used:NI LabVIEW 20112 Units NI PCI6518 (16 Inputs, 16 Source Outputs)1 Unit NI PCI6510 (32 Sink/Source Inputs)

1 Unit NI PCI7342 (2-Axis/Servo Controller for PCI)2 Units NI P70530 (1-Axis, 300 W Stepper Drive)

ChallengeThe current semiconductor package label inspection system which utilizes Programmable LogicController (PLC) as main controller provides limited control, less flexibility in settings, and no graphicalinterface for users’ convenience. The system also causes a longer time to determine the source oferror when system failure occurs.

Solution A fully automated system is built to replace the PLC for checking the labels on every chip and punchout the rejected chips. The system also provides user with simple graphical interface for monitoringand controlling so that user can observe the whole process and source out errors during failure.

AbstractIn semiconductor packages fabrication process, each package fabricated will be sent into a lasermarking station for labeling. However, there might be some glitch occurred during the markingprocess which causes the markings on the package to be flawed. Thus, this lead frame visioninspection system is to check each of the packages by cameras and automatically punched out whendefects are detected on that certain packages. User can monitor the whole process through computerand control the system remotely from the computer. Any failure of sensors is displayed on the screento save time on sourcing out errors.

Lead Frame Semiconductor Package Vision Inspection SystemTechnical OperationFigure 1 illustrates the completely the Lead Frame Vision Inspection System. The unprocessed leadframe enters from the left side across the buffer station, and exits without the flawed packagesthrough the right buffer station for further processes. Initially, the lead frame which contains thesemiconductor package will be loaded into the system. The speed of lead frame transferring into thesystem is controlled by a coiling buffer system and motor. Then, the lead frame enters the LaserMarking Station, which labels every semiconductor package. The lead frame which holds four units ofpackage each step are labeled with their packaging code using laser. After marking, the lead frameenters another coiling buffer station.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 220 of 318

Figure 34: Lead Frame Vision Inspection System Illustration

The buffer stations are control by three sensors each. These sensors are used to detect whether thelead frame coming into the system is too short or too long. When there is only one sensor (S1) detectsthe presence of lead frame, which means the lead frame is too short, it will send signal through the NIPCI6510 (labeled as Card 1), to the stepper motors in the Lead Frame Vision Inspection System andstops the motors in order to allow sufficient length of lead frame coming into the system. The motorswill return to its normal operation when the first two uppermost sensors (S1&S2) detects lead frame.When all the three sensors (S1, S2&S3) detects presence of lead frame, it means that the lead framecoming into the system is excessive, and sends signal, also through Card 1, to the motors outside ofLead Frame Vision Inspection System to stop its operation in order to give sufficient time for thesystem to process the existing lead frame in the buffer station. All the sensors status can bemonitored through the computer connected with Card 1.

In the vision buffer part, when the lead frame first enters, the lead frame sensor will send outtriggering pulse through NI PCI6518 (labeled as Card 2), to the four vision cameras. Each camera isused to inspect each of the four unit packages in one step simultaneously. The cameras that aretriggered by the signal will be activated and starts the vision inspection process to detect thesemiconductor packages with flawed labeling. The signal of camera is in always low condition. If thepackage labeling is perfect, the signal will change to high. Once the flawed labeling detected, thecamera signal will remain low. The output signals are sent back to Card 2 and read by the programwritten by using NI LabVIEW . The program will interpret the signals and convert them into binary data.

All the data recorded by the camera will be stored in array registers. The sets of data will be insertedinto the array and the previous data in the register will be shifted right, repeatedly for each steppermotor step.

NI PCI7342 Motion card is used to control the NI P70530 stepper drive of the system by the program.The motion card will decode the data recorded by the cameras and send signal to the stepper drive.The stepper drive will control the parameters of the stepper motors such as acceleration, deceleration,torque, maximum speed, and degree of spin. The stepper motors are to control the transfer of leadframe to send the semiconductor packages for punching process. The degree of spin of the steppermotors are set to ensure that each spin will move only four packages or one step so that the puncherscan punch out the flawed labeled packages accurately. The flawed labeled package will be placedprecisely at the punching station, where the computer will read the data in the registers from thecamera. If the data shows that the package is flawed, the program will send signals through NIPCI6518 (labeled as Card 3) to the respective puncher unit, to punch out the packages with defectedlabeling into the bin placed under the puncher. If the data shows the package is perfect, the puncher

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 221 of 318

will not be activated. Each camera is responsible to control only one puncher. Finally, the lead framecontaining only the perfect labeling packages will be sent out from the system.

Block Diagram:

Selling PointsComparing with the previous system which utilizes the Programmable Logic Controller (PLC), thissystem saves a lot of time in debugging if the system breakdown. This is because the system is builtwith a Graphical User Interface (GUI) which allows user to locate which part of the system that sendsout error signals. The GUI will indicate the part of system that had faulty operation by changing thecolor of LED indicator. With the information obtained, user can easily patch-up the error and allowsthe system to be back into operation in no time. Figure 2 shows the GUI that displays the details andfunctionality of the whole system.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 222 of 318

Figure 35: GUI Displaying System Functionality

Besides, by using NI LabVIEW software, it can save a lot of time in developing the program for

controlling the system as NI LabVIEW uses graphical illustration which allows the programmer todebug and simulates the program easily. Furthermore, the GUI is able to generate error log to recordthe errors that occurred and provide solutions on the errors. Figure 3 shows an example of error logfile that provides the solution to user.

Figure 36: Example of Error Log

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 223 of 318

For this reason, it also helps to save some amount in maintenance costs as there will be unnecessaryto hire technicians to fix the machine in case of any minor problem occurs to the system. In terms ofoperating time, this system is competitively enough as compared with PLC even though this systemneeds to go through several stages in passing data.

This system can be fully controlled by using one single computer and with a few clicks. By connectingthe machine with the computer by using the NI PCI6518 , NI PCI6510, NI PCI7342 , and NI P70530, user can communicate with the sensors, cameras, and punchers directly. All the settings can be doneeasily through the GUI in the computer. The settings available are also much more flexible comparedto PLC. Figure 4 shows part of the settings available for user intervention.

Figure 37: Settings Available for User Intervention

Every puncher unit in the Lead Frame Vision Inspection System has a lifespan. This system displaysa counter of the number of punches for each puncher and shows the data in the GUI. User canmanually set the lifespan of the punchers in the GUI. Figure 5 shows the puncher settings andcounter display. Once the lifespan is achieved, the whole system will stop and an alarm notificationwill be activated to notify the user and enquire the user to change the puncher unit or to continue thesystem operation. If the puncher is not replaced after its lifespan, the precision of its puncher might bereduced and may affect the production quality. For the previous system which uses PLC, there is noindicator showing the number of punches done by each of the puncher unit. Thus, the user may forgetto change the puncher.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 225 of 318

Automated Test Station for LCD TV Production

Segment: Industry

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):Wan Hasmi Wan Kamal, Staff Engineer

Products:NI LabVIEW 8.5.1

Challenge:This project is all about designing an automated test station for production use in factory New ProductIntroduction (NPI) line. The test station must be a Personal Computer (PC) based and of low costsolution by making use of existing test equipment in the production line.

Solution:This project consist of application software developed in NI LabVIEW 8.5.1 , connected to customhardware board via Universal Serial Bus (USB) connection, interfaced with Tektronik TDS210oscilloscope via USB connection as well as interfaced to customer target main-board as Device UnderTest (DUT).

Abstract

This paper explains three major parts in the project, the user interface software developed in NILabV IEW 8.5.1 , the custom developed hardware, and briefly on the DUT. NI LabVIEW software is theheart of this project while the custom hardware was developed due to the low cost requirement byfactory and lastly the DUT is actually a LCD TV main-board.

The idea to develop this project came after a requirement to have a low cost automated test stationthat can be hooked up to existing production equipments and at the same time would be able todisplay video signal waveform and colorful OK or No Good (NG) result in real-time manner. Theproduced test result can be stored, print and converted into Comma Separated Values (CSV) formatthat can be kept as softcopy or hardcopy report.

A bit of history, this project was designed and developed back in 2009 where the automated teststation prototype was tested and delivered within that same year. The test station was installed at NPIline and operated by factory operator during the production run. The test station was supposed toreplace the old test fixture at the production line which was many years old and outdated. The oldfixture was a complicated and expensive test fixture to test DC points but unfortunately the operatorhad to rely on separate oscilloscope for the waveform view and this is not process oriented and timeconsuming and prone to human error.

With the introduction of this automated test station, it was expected to cut the process time further andreduce the human error factor significantly. The low cost factor also is another key factor for thefactory to consider such automated test station to be stationed at their production line. However, therewere few challenges and problems encounter during that time and we will discuss these issues atlater section of this technical paper.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 226 of 318

NI LabVIEW graphical programming was chosen to fulfill above criteria due to the fact that it has thecapability to give good data presentation with nice graphics and display. NI LabVIEW also haswaveform view to display the video signal of the target board. NI LabVIEW programming can be donereally fast and suitable for above requirement that requires fast result within short development time.

There are so many NI LabVIEW resources available from the internet and even such TektronikTDS210 oscilloscope driver kit is also available from NI and can be downloaded easily and calledupon within the NI LabVIEW programming. Apart from that, NI LabVIEW can easily handleasynchronous serial communication connection to the outside world which in this case is the serialover USB between the custom hardware board and the test station PC. These make the NI LabVIEW software the best choices to deliver the task.

The graphical user interface

Main user interface with list of test points under test, DUT info and user action buttons

The NI LabVIEW software starts by popping up a window to briefly describe its function, year it wasdeveloped and its software revision. After the “About” window times out, the software will go into main

front panel and here is where the operator will always observe dur ing the DUT test. The “TESTPOINTTABLE” is the main table where all test points are registered in and tested accordance to the testpoint type, specification and tolerance settings. Regardless of what test point type and settings arebeing set there, the test point list can then be saved or restored following to DUT model under test.

The operator may begin the test by simply click the “AUTO START” button and during this time, thetest will auto scroll from one test point to another and this can be clearly observed on screen. Theauto scroll test can always be paused or stopped by clicking the “PAUSE” or “STOP” buttonrespectively. During auto scroll, whenever it reaches the “Waveform” point, it will pop -up a graphwaveform window and displays the captured video waveform for that particular video test point. This isthe beauty of NI LabVIEW programming where it can easily display a waveform by simply drop in the

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 227 of 318

waveform module function in the programming code. After the test completion, both the save buttonblinks and waiting for the operator to either save or repeat the test.

On the main window also, there is a section called “Manual Run” and this is a feature where individualtest point entry can be manually put in to get the instantaneous result and is useful when performing a

DUT pre-test.

Functional block diagramNI LabVIEW programming algorithm is best described in below functional block diagram.

Functional block diagram translated from NI LabVIEW programming code

The starting up block is where the values on front panel are initialized to default. At this time also thetest point list is restored from last saved session and the “About” window is displayed on screen. The“About” window will automatically disappear after 5 seconds time -out. After that, the program will gointo file and hardware I/O checks. During file read, the program will open up a configuration file called“JSGconfig.ini” and ext ract the saved serial port parameters. The serial port parameters are then fedto VISA serial module to correctly set it. After that, the program waits for operator action to eitherexecute the “Auto Run” or “Manual Run” routine. When program runs, it send s the test point numberto the custom board to trigger the onboard multiplexer. After that, the program then starts to configurethe TDS210 oscilloscope and determine the measurement type from the TDS210 VISA module kit.Once the individual reading is acquired, the result is then compared with the specification andtolerance value in test point list. From this result, the program will then decides to write OK/NG

message under the “Result” column for that respective test point.

Starting up …

Initialize display,pop-up the “About”

window andrestore last savedpoint list

I/O setup

Read configurationfile and configure

VISA serial module forcustom hardwareboard and TDS210oscilloscope

Configure TDS210oscilloscope

Set the TDS210 accordingto point type, extract therequired reading anddisplay on screen

Auto Run

Read main table,determine the test pointtype and forward the testpoint info to customboard

Manual Run

Read the test pointnumber and type,forward the test pointinfo to custom board

Reading Voltage

Reading Vp-p & Freq

Reading Waveform

Spec/Tol test

Spec/Tol test

Manual ack

Display result

Display and writeback result to maintable

Test DoneTest completed andwaiting for operatorto save, repeat or exitthis program

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 228 of 318

There are two while loops in this program and the “Auto Run” seats in a sub while loop while the“Manual Run” is in the main big while loop. The auto run test will go on until all registered test pointsare tested and once done, it will exit this sub while loop and go back to main while loop for next useraction. If the operator chooses the “SAVE RESULT TO CSV” function, the program will then read test

point table, parse it, concatenate it with time and date and finally feed it to “Write to Text File” moduleto physically write it to CSV file. Hence, if “SAVE RESULT TO BMP” is selected, the program is thenconverting the test point table into a windows bitmap file by using the “Get Image” function and “WriteBMP File.vi” module.

The custom hardwareThe custom hardware board was an 8-bit microcontroller (MCU) hardware platform with clock speedof 20MHz and optically isolated from the rest circuitry due to the ground isolation reason. It consist ofMCU section powered by the USB bus, the video multiplexer section, the peak-peak/frequencymultiplexer section, the analog voltage multiplexer section and finally the dual polarities voltageregulator section to power up the whole multiplexer circuitry.

Device Under Test (DUT)The DUT may come from various part number but same model family of LCD TV main-board. Eachmain-board consists of hundreds of test point locations inclusive of video signals, audio signals andpower supply points. Result from all test points are crucial in order to make sure the main-board arefully functional as per the design.

Design challenges and issuesThe NI LabVIEW software is fast but the standard equipment was too slow and this creates issues tosynchronize between them. So, a programming tweak was implemented there to make sure theOK/NG result represent the correct test point under test. This would have easily been solved by usingNI product such as NI USB-5132 USB osci l lo sco pe . This product features 2-channel input withtrigger and 50MS/s sampling which is good enough for the video source signal of DUT.

Another major issue was the slow running of the custom hardware board. In total, the board testperiod would rise up to several minutes and this became a big issue that time as their expectationwas that the test station would complete every individual board test in less than a minute. However,the customer was convinced that the only way of improving it is by using NI hardware product eg: NIPCI-6518 16-ch ann el Digi tal I/O Card . This NI Digital I/O card is a good choice due to its manychannels ready and low cost. It also offers optical isolation onboard.

This project was completed up to the prototype stage only and on hold until budget issue is solved atcustomer side.

Author Information:Wan Hasmi Wan KamalMimos BerhadTechnology Paric Malaysia,5700, Kula LumpurEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 229 of 318

Test Manufaturing Traceability System Using LabVIEW

Segment: Industry

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):Sababathy Palanisamy

Products Used :NI GPIB USB-HSFluke 8845A MultimeterZebra Gk 420T

Agilent 34420A 71/2 micro ohmmeterScanner Symbol LS4208LabVIEW 2010 professionalMicrosoft Access 2007

The Challenge:DUT is a battery- charger management system unit, product by HILTI Germany. PARAMIT is an EMScompany that manufacturing the unit on behalf of HILTI. One of the key requirements inmanufacturing by customer is to implement full traceability system for this product (product code –CMS-TE-30).

The Solution:1. Use LabVIEW 2010 database connectivity tool kit and write software in such a way that all

Test softwares have traceability features in Test software System itself.2. All test Platforms connected to server to read and write from centre database system.

Abstract:There are three Test platforms for this DUT:

1. Fuse Tester - Check fuses parameters after SMT process and before proceeds to drop inprocess. Will generate running SN and label.

2. Functional Tester - To Test all required parameters in the DUT (102 electrical tests ) beforesend to potting process. This test station will check Fuse Tester process either the DUTalready pass the Fusetester tests.If the unit skip the process or if it is a FAIL unit, then FTsoftware will show alarm and not stop the Tests.

3. Final Tests - Required 76 electrical Tests before send to packing process. This FINAL testsoftware will check either the unit passed the FT tests. Also will not allow the unit to proceedthe test if the unit skipped or FAILED the FT Tests.

4. Packing - Check either unit already went through all tests and processes before packed theunit in the carton boxes. Checked the SN either the SN is repeated or unique number.Note: SN = Serial Number.

All these 3 testers and packing station connected to server.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 230 of 318

CMS Database

The Test Manufacturing System have the following features.

1. Test Data in database format. All Test data (FAIL and PASS) kept in database Access. Approved customer andindividuals can access to this database.

2. Numbers of repeated “Pass” and “Fail “captured in the database. If the FAIL indicator exceedsthe minimum 3X, the tester will not allow operator to proceed with the test. Data will be sent toFA for further action.

3. Automatic triggering for skip test. If the unit skip test or the unit didn’t PASS the previous testprocess, then the skip test information will be shown and information will be immediately sentto the FA.

4. Automatically Send Fail Data to FA – Every Test FAILS will be recorded and shown in the FAdatabase in real time.

5. WIP monitoring system will track the quantity tested versus LOT size.

6. Retest Tracking- Test Software will detect either the unit is fresh test or the unit is retest unitand determine necessary action.

7. Packing Database Software - Captured SN, operator ID, Date and Time. And Check for Repeated SN.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 231 of 318

FUSETESTER

Fuse tester offset01

In Fustester, the software will check zero ohm calibration date from database, if today != calibrationdate, the software automatically switch to calibration parameters, in this case the

4 fuses need to perform zero ohm calibration. There is unique SN assigned in the DUT EPROM. Thetester will check this unique SN and perform the zero ohm calibration offset.

After PASS the calibration, Fustester will switched to production mode.

Actual reading = reading from multi-meter – offset calibration.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 232 of 318

Fuse retest unit

After done the zero ohm calibration, the tester is ready for production mode. At the beginning of thetest, Tester will check the SN in the EEPROM, if the SN =”0000”

Then it will detect as fresh unit. If SN != “0000” then it will be retest unit, Then the fustester softwarewill check database for this repeated SN. Dialog box will prompt up, ask the operator to decide eitherwant to proceed to test or want to skip the test.

For retest unit : The software will skip SN writing and skip (ADD +1) to WIP quantity.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 233 of 318

Once the unit PASS and if is a fresh unit, then it will add the unit to the WIP quantity. If FAIL, then thesoftware will send the FAIL data to the FA System.

FUNCTIONAL TEST

FT unit not tested in fuse

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 235 of 318

FINAL TESTS

FT-Final

FINAL TEST will check either the DUT had passed the PCB test. If Not the tester will show that theunit is skip the PCB test process.

If the unit is Retest unit then it won ’t add to the WIP quantity and won ’t print final label. Only freshDUT which passed the FINAL process will add the quantity to the WIP and print FINAL Label before

packing.

PACKING

Packing

FINAL TESTAFTER PCB TEST

and PottingProcess

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 236 of 318

At packing process, operator will scan the Serial number . If the unit PASSES final process, then it isready for packing. The packing software also checks for repeated SN and will show warning ifduplicate SN found.

packing repeated

Failure Analysis Software

FA

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 237 of 318

Once the particular unit FAILED in any particular test, the unit SN and its Particular fail parameter willbe sent to this FA database. FA Engineer will refer to this table and after repair; he will test back theunit in the particular test. Once the unit had been tested and PASS the particular test, the informationwill be sent to FA database. FA Technician will select particular SN and after repair the unit he canupdate Failure analysis done to this unit.

WIP Management System

Prod Monitoring System

This database will show real time update of quantity tested in each test stations for particular MO orLOT Number. If packing quantity = MO LOT size then status = close. Production supervisor can referto this software to monitor the WIP movement.

Author Information:Sababathy S. PalanisamylParamit Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.FTZ 2 Bukit Gedung Bayan LepasPulau Pinang 11900 MalaysiaEmail: [email protected]

PartNo

modelcode Quantity FuseTester

FT-PCB

FT-Final FA Packing

ShippingDate Status

M0007 A100007 104 104 104 103 21 101 12/12/2011 open

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 238 of 318

Flow Rate Measurement & Trumpet Curve Analysis System For

Sterile Single-Use Hypodermic Syringes For Use With Power-DrivenSyringe Pumps Using LabVIEW

Segment: Industry

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):Lian Zi Hong

Products Used:NI Developer Suite 2012

The Challenge:Use LabVIEW for the first time to build an accurate medical syringe flow rate measurement andtrumpet curve analysis system within two months with limited assistance on the trumpet curveanalysis algorithm. Ensure the LabVIEW application performs necessary analysis to produce resultsand reports efficiently to meet ISO 7886-2 specifications.

The Solution:Familiarized LabVIEW relevant Virtual Instrument (VI) functions, and made used of its many flexible &graphical user friendly features to design the targeted application. We had to build and simulate thetrumpet curve analysis algorithm in MATLAB and then translated it into dataflow diagrams inLabVIEW to meet the specifications.

AbstractThis system addresses the requirements for sterile single-use hypodermic syringes of nominalcapacity 5ml and above made of plastics materials and intended for use with power-driven syringepumps. It is critical to ensure their ability to deliver fluids at a steady flow rate accurately and safely.The characteristics of fluid flow are determined by (i) measuring flow rate (ml/h) over time from theinitial infusion, and (ii) determining the flow rate variation (%) over observation windows (minutes).LabVIEW was voted for developing an automated system to ease data collection, performsophisticatedly accurate data analysis, and display reports graphically.

Overview According to the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 7886-2:1996(E) and the testrequirements described in sub clause 50.4 of International Electro-technical Commission (IEC) 601-2-24, measuring the flow rate produced by the use of a reference syringe driver can determine the

syringe flow characteristics [i.e. the time (minutes) taken to achieve steady flow rate (ml/h), the overallerror (%) of the set delivery flow rate (ml/h) and the maximum and minimum flow rate variations (%)].

System ConfigurationThe system setup consists of a reference syringe driver that satisfies the desired specifications, anautomated syringe pump, a beaker, a Mettler Toledo analytical balance (Model: JL1503, Readability:0.0001g), a RS232 serial cable, a computer (Windows XP or higher), and our LabVIEW-basedFlowWatch V2.00 Application. The syringe is mounted rigidly and is power-driven by a syringe pumpat a predetermined force. The syringe delivers the fluids into a beaker, which is placed on theweighing balance to continuously measure its weight. The weighing balance outputs the weight datato the computer via the RS-232 serial cable. The FlowWatch V2.00 Application then analyses andproduces reports accordingly.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 239 of 318

RS232Link.

Source: Annex A (normative) Determination of Flow Characteristics, ISO 7886-2:1996 (E).

Figure A.2 – Actual Setup of the FlowWatch V2.00 System.

Flow Rate MeasurementBefore starting the flow rate measurement cycle, the sampling time interval (minutes) and processcycle time (minutes) needs to be specified in the system setting front panel. In accordance with therequired specifications on plotting the start-up graph, the graphs need to satisfy (i) linear scale plots,(ii) flow rate x-axis from 0 to 120 minutes with 10 minute intervals), and (iii) flow rate y-axis from -0.2

qv to 2 qv with scale increment of 0.2 qv, where qv is the set delivery flow rate (ml/h).

Fluid flow is defined as the delivered fluid weight (g) over a time period (minutes). During the analysisprocess, the reference syringe drive is switched on for 2 hours. The current weight is automaticallysampled every 0.5 minutes and the flow rates are calculated by getting the difference between currentand previous weights (i.e. m i – m i-1) and dividing them by the fluid density (i.e. 0.9980 g/ml at 20degrees Celsius for water) and the process cycle time. Both weight (g) and flow rate (ml/h) data aresimultaneously updated onto their respective table, XY graph plots on the front panel and intodatabase in real-time from the start of the infusion. This enables user to achieve visual feedback, tocalibrate equipments and to rectify possible errors.

Trumpet Curve AnalysisTrumpet curve is named after its trumpet-like shape, converging to the right with time on the x-axis

and flow rate variation (%) on the y-axis. The upper curve corresponds to positive deviations from

FlowWatch

V2.00

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 240 of 318

nominal and the lower curve corresponds to negative deviations. Trumpet curve is used to analyzethe performance of syringe(s) and ensure quality by determining if the flow rate variations (%) fallwithin the required limits of the trumpet curves. The trumpet curve analysis is performed afterretrieving historical flow rate (ml/h) and weight (g) data. In other words, the data acquisition processwill need to end at the specified cycle time before proceeding with the trumpet curve analysis. Given aset of flow rate (ml/h) and weight (g) data points, the trumpet curve is defined by the maximum

variation, E p(max) (%) and minimum variation, E p(min) (%) from the expected flow rate relative to the dataaveraged over particular time periods (also known as observation windows), over the analysis period(minutes) of the second hour of the test period. The trumpet bell curve indicates how flow ratefluctuations have a greater effect on accuracy over short observation windows, tw (i.e. 1, 2, 5, 11, 19and 31 minutes). The flatter end of the curve indicates how short-term fluctuations have less effect onaccuracy as the observation window increases. In short, the longer the infusion, the more accuratethe dosage is. A MATLAB simulation of the trumpet curve analysis was done prior to the LabVIEWimplementation for faster proof of concept. Unfortunately, the supposedly MATLAB-friendly MathScriptis considered an add-on to the NI Developer Suite 2012 and that the debugger in the MathScriptevaluation version is relatively unstable, so MathScript was not adopted eventually.

Before starting the trumpet curve analysis, the set delivery flow rate, qv (ml/h) needs to be specified inthe edit product model front panel. In accordance with the required specifications on plotting the

trumpet curve analysis graph, the graphs need to satisfy (i) linear scale plots, (ii) flow rate x-axis from0 to 31 minutes with 1 minute intervals), and (iii) flow rate y-axis from -15% to 15% with scaleincrement of 5%.

During the analysis process, the flow rate variations (%) were determined by subtracting qv from thecalculated flow rate before dividing with qv. Within each observation window, the maximum variation,Ep(max) (%) and minimum variations, E p(min) (%) were determined, and plotted with respect to eachobservation windows, t w (minutes). The overall mean flow rate error, A (%) is also calculated, where Ais measured over the analysis period during the second hour of the test period. The set delivery flowrate, qv (ml/h), overall mean percentage error, A (%) and zero error are also displayed and plotted asrequired.

Advantages

LabVIEW was chosen as the platform to measure and analyze the flow rate to produce the trumpetcurve plot and we are glad we did. It has many advantages, such as (i) flexibility – VI provided manyuseful function blocks for us to carry out design and development tasks, (ii) programming ease – graphical dataflow diagrams enabled us to build our applications quickly, allowed reuse of existing orcustom-made sub VIs to save time and enabled powerful abstracted type casting features, (iii) helpfulexamples – the help examples that comes with LabVIEW’s evaluation or p urchased versions, andonline tutorials acts as catalysts to speed up our project completion time, (iv) simplicity – simplifieddata collection, storage, analysis & reporting and reduced human intervention, (v) user-friendlydebugger – debugged errors easily with visible breakpoints and organized probe watch windows, and(vi) easily adaptable – LabVIEW comes with useful installable device drivers for external interfacesand functional components for producing custom Excel data reports & graphs.

ConclusionThis LabVIEW-based automated flow rate measurement & trumpet curve analysis system for sterilesingle-use hypodermic syringes for use with power-driven syringe pumps has fulfilled therequirements of ISO 7886-2:1996(E) and can be used by many syringe manufacturers and relatedindustries.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 241 of 318

Figure B.1. Main front panel of FlowWatch V2.00 Application © Copyright of LPS Systems Sdn. Bhd.2012. A trumpet curve analysis plot of flow rate variation (%) over observation window, t w (minutes) isdisplayed, based on the set delivery flow rate (ml/h) and the flow rate historical data points (ml/h)during the second hour of the test period, which were retrieved from database immediately after that

process ended. The statistics of the flow rate and weight historical data points, and the overall meanflow rate error for the trumpet curve analysis is also displayed.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 242 of 318

Figure B.2. Main block diagram of FlowWatch V2.00 Application © Copyright of LPS Systems Sdn.Bhd. 2012. It shows several main sections, such as value initialization, menu selection & keyboardinput event handling, product model editing, crash recovery, RS232 serial port communication,

process run-time data acquisition-analysis-reporting (flow rate and weight), and historical dataretrieval-analysis-reporting (flow rate, weight and trumpet curve analysis).

Author Information:Lian Zi HongLPS System Sdn. Bhd34 & 36, Jalan PJS 11/16. Bdr Sunway,46150 Petaling Jaya, Selangor, MalaysiaEmail: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 243 of 318

Implementing WinPCap in GOOSE Application to Monitor GOOSE

MessagesSegment: Industry

Country: Malaysia

Author(s): Ahmad Afif Amirudin

Product Used NI LabVIEWNI DAQ

IntroductionIn power industry, one of the main data especially in IEC 61850 standards is the GOOSE messagestransferred between publisher and subscribers. This messages contains various information such asIED (also known as relay) data, node id and node value. These communicated messages or GOOSEis monitored by many applications for many purposes. However, there are gaps exist in currentapproach for GOOSE messages monitoring. All those software or tools requires physical connectionsbetween the tool and the monitored devices. It can be direct connection to the relay or via fiber opticsthrough a series of switches. This cause difficulty to engineer to investigate or monitor GOOSEmessages especially in substations environment whereby the humidity and temperature is notconvenient.

Therefore, we develop a proof-of-concept (POC) that implements WinPCap library (a third partylibrary) in a LabVIEW application that uses sniffing methods to sniff GOOSE messages via wirelesstechnologies. With this implementation, it eases the engineer to investigate issues in substations bycontinuously monitors GOOSE messages without the need to be in the substations.

Wireless Technology and GOOSE messagesWireless telecommunications is the transfer of information between two or more points that are notphysically connected. Distances can be short, such as a few metres for television remote control, oras far as thousands or even millions of kilometres for deep-space radio communications.

It encompasses various types of fixed, mobile, and portable two-way radios, cellular telephones,personal digital assistants (PDAs), and wireless networking. Other examples of wirelesstechnologyinclude GPS units, Garage door openers or garage doors, wireless computer mice, keyboards andHeadset (audio), headphones, radio receivers, satellite television, broadcast television and cordlesstelephones.

Generic Substation Events (GSE) is a control model defined as per IEC 61850 which provides a fastand reliable mechanism of transferring event data over entire substation networks. Whenimplemented, this model ensures the same event message is received by multiple physical devicesusing multicast / broadcast services. The GSE control model is further subdivided into GOOSE (Generic Object Oriented Substation Events) and GSSE (Generic Substation State Events).

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 245 of 318

Description: In the control room, the connection between IEDs are been monitor by GOOSE switch. GOOSEswitch are perform to sniff the connection between IEDs. After GOOSE switch collect all the data inwill transfer to PC through wireless router. In the monitoring room, the signal can be display on the PC

to been monitor.

System Architecture

Description:IEDs are communication with one other and send the signal to Goose application. Using winpcaptoolkit we can sniff the communication between IEDs. Data will save in data base and historian willuse for the user reference.

Graphical User interface

Figure: GUI for GOOSE watcher

HISTORIAN

DATA BASE

GOOSEAPPLICATION

WITHWINPCAP

IED IED

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 247 of 318

Managing Critical Asset Using NI DAQ and Historian Database

MonitoringSegment: Industry

Country: Malaysia

Author(s):Intan Shaffiqa Bt Sharuddin

Product Used NI LabVIEW

AbstractThe renewable energy sector is a fast gaining ground as a new area for many countries worldwidewith the vast potential it presents environmentally and economically. Renewable energy also plays amajor role in meeting a country’s energy needs, enabling business to reap energy cost savings andrevenue while combating global warming. There are several renewable energy providers in Malaysiasuch as Biomass, Biogas, Solar, Municipal Waste and Mini Hydro. Solar energy is one of therenewable energy resources in Malaysia and has the potential of 8900 MW per year. Solar energy isseen as a growth sector that will help propel the country into a high-income economy. Based on thissituation, the Sustainable Energy Development Authority (SEDA) has targeted 2,000 house ownersthis year, and 10,000 the next year to invest in solar power which could earn the latter and average ofRM500 monthly for 21 consecutive years. Its chairman, Tan Sri Dr Fong Chan Onn said, each housewhich had to be installed with solar panels could generate 4KW of power to sale to Tenaga NasionalBerhad. When solar panel is installed, there will be several critical problem occurred such as solarpanel failure, solar panel overheated and the power generated by the solar panel cannot bemeasured correctly. Then the user needs to climb up the roof to check the solar panel when theproblem happened. So, to make sure that solar panel will be operated smoothly and the criticalproblem can be detected easily using a personal computer, a monitoring system is needed. AssetMonitoring (AM) application was created by using LabVIEW to monitor the health and status of thesolar panel and also to monitor the energy generated by the solar panel.

Why used AM AM is an asset monitoring application. AM that use LabVIEW graphical monitoring software will

control and monitor the health, status and energy generated by the solar panel. The difference ofusing AM is to make things easier by checking and doing routine maintenance on solar system toensure the system is always in the good condition. Other than that it also solves the problem due toany equipment failure by showing the energy converter that convert from solar energy to solar powermeasured in kilowatt (kW). Monitoring software using AM also includes alarm system that will showand give reminder to customer if the solar system fails in term of converting power.

How Solar System work with AMWe created an effective application that monitors the energy from solar system. It started with energyfrom the sun and then converted to solar energy by solar panel. Input from sensor in solar panel willbe connected with the AM that is installed in the computer. The information will be converted using

converter that built in the AM, and then the condition such as overheating of the panel will be

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 248 of 318

displayed. The graphical layout of AM is shown in Figure 1 and the overall process flow will bereferred to Figure 2. From Figure 2, the solar panel is equipped with a sensor that will send theinformation to NI DAQ. NI DAQ will then store the data to historian, in this case Citadel. AssetMonitoring (AM) will grab the stored data and display the status changes in Graphical User Interface.This data will be send to Database for report.

Figure 1: Graphical Layout AM

Figure 2: Block diagram of Process flow

Monitoring system in AMIt is divided into three categories which are status, health and energy generated. The first thing isstatus. By using AM, it shall display any status changed in the solar panel. AM is also equipped withthe visual indicator to indicate the status of the panel. This can ensure the monitoring process iseasier than ever. Following are the status condition that will be displayed in AM, shown in Table 1:

Table 1: Status Condition

Status

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 249 of 318

The other thing to be considered is the health of the installed equipment. The AM application that wehave developed shall display any events like temperature rise in table format. The events shall bedisplayed in chronological order based on the time the event occurred with the most recent event ontop. The table is expected to show the overall filtered events according to:

a) Descriptionb) Date and time

These events will be shown visually. By default, the event list shall be continuously refreshed andupdated to show any new event that had occurred.

Next is how AM can be benefited in terms of energy generated by solar system. There are two typesof solar energy measurement photovoltaic energy and solar thermal energy. The energy output isexpress by the amount of solar radiation that reaches the absorbent surface which is solar panel.Electricity is measured in watt for solar panel the measurement of kWh refers to amount of energyproduce by the panel. In Malaysia, the average electricity consumption for a household is 8900 kWhper year. By using AM, customer can monitor how much energy is generated and the total usage ofthe electricity from solar energy. AM is also expected to show the storage energy per day.

Benefit using LabVIEW AM in solar energyIn term of cost effectiveness, AM can provide customer with only one platform which contains all theinformation and data of solar electricity. Hence, customer did not have to install other separatedequipment to monitor each condition in this case the status, health and energy generated. This is dueto the centralized platform which is provided by AM application.

AM also give benefit to customer in term of time saving. Customer need not to go to different places just to monitor their solar panel. This can reduced the cost of travelling to the customer. Other thanthat, by using AM, it can eliminate the operational mistakes due to the accuracy provided by thissystem.

Conclusion In conclusion, AM is one of the applications that promise the customer with benefit in all areas. Withinnovative approaches using National Instruments software products, we methodically appliedmonitoring renewable technologies to decrease risks and costs to the customer. By using LabVIEWsoftware, we created the monitoring system to reduce the overall project risk, total cost of utility billand maintenance for the customer.

Author Information:Intan Shaffiqa Bt Sharuddin

Matrix Power Network Sdn BhdLot 6 Jalan P/1A, Seksyen 13,Kawasan Perindustrian Bangi,43650 Bandar Baru Bangi, SelangorEmail: [email protected]

http://www.ni.com/labview/

http://www.ni.com/labview/

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 251 of 318

Figure 3 shows the block diagram of the test system. It shows the basic inter-connection between theDUTs, automatic test handler and the NI PXI test system.

In developing a complete test and measurement system, it always begins in conceptualization. Thereare things or points should be considered on initial development, like software platform to be used forthe code of test flow and controls, is the software flexible enough to perform simultaneous or paralleltask execution, is the hardware accurate in getting precise, stable and reliable measurements andcan hardware withstand or perform the industrial needs of the user. The developer or engineer should

look at these things in consideration during the development of a test and measurement system.

All concerns and worries of an engineer during development are at ease with the use NI PXI modularinstruments and LabVIEW programming. Parallel programming is effortlessly done in LabVIEWsoftware development. Its graphical and straightforward approach of programming provides thedeveloper a painless code development to complete a fully- customized test and measurementsoftware. As for the hardware, PXI modular instruments have very simple commands which make it avery easy to use in system integration. It can give the user a very high accuracy and precision on testmeasurements. With NI’s wide variety of PXI modular instruments dev elopers have a good selectionof what and which instrument most suitable for his application.

Fig. 3 Test System Block Diagram using NI PXI configuration

Fig.1 Dual transistor Transmissive sensor Fig.2 Single transistor Transmissive sensor

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 253 of 318

Wide variety of PXI modular instruments gives a developer or engineer the best choice of hardwareconfiguration suitable for his application or need. Modularity, ruggedness, accuracy and highperformance are the best qualities of a test and measurement system. NI PXI modules have all thequalities needed to build a test and measurement system.

Software flexibility, as a feature of NI LabVIEW, will provide the developer a user friendly andstraightforward test software frontend for every user. Graphical programming gives a quicker softwaredevelopment. Customizable hardware configuration makes the system best suited and fitted for theend user application. Plus factor for NI PXI modules are its ruggedness, accuracy and high

performance. Combined the hardware and software of National Instrument they become a total,complete and exact package for test and measurement system.

Contact Information:Randy SubijanoGlobal Inventive Technologies International, Inc. PhilippinesBlock 6 Lot 3, Mayon Street corner Mountview Avenue,Mountview Industrial Complex, Bancal, Carmona, Cavite4116 PhillipinesEmail: [email protected]

Fig. 4 Test Software Front Panel of the Test System

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 255 of 318

The DUT to be tested in this project is a type of rate and acceleration sensor that has an internalprocessing of all the measured quantity in the vehicle. It transmits its distributed measurement datathru CAN signals. The CAN signals are basically the x-, y- and z- axis directions, yaw and roll rate,lateral and vertical acceleration. The testing principle is very straightforward. The user will just loadthe ten DUTs inside chamber’s Test Table Area (see Figure 1) and fit the special connectors to their

output signals. The special connector pins composed of CAN L and CAN H going to the CANinterface and +V and – V for the Power Source of the unit. In the Controller side, the user will set thetest settings including the speed of the turn table, acceleration, angle position the temperature insidethe test area and then start the testing. The system will now read and record the CAN signals of theDUT in every position or angle just like in any other automated test sequence. See Figure 2 for theactual test sequence GUI.

In NI PXI hardware, controller, SMU and CAN interfaces are all integrated in one compact ruggedchassis thus reduces the space and take advantage the speed of PCI electrical-bus technology. SeeFigure 3 for the actual setup.

The NI PXI-8101 is a two-slot embedded controller for PXI and CompactPCI systems. This low-costembedded controller features a 2.0 GHz Intel Celeron processor and offers an ideal platform fordeploying PXI-based systems in high-volume applications. It serves as the main controller of thissystem. Combined with PXI-1042 8 slot chassis, it creates are compact designed to meet the needsof this actual test and measurement applications.

The NI PXI-8513/2, 2-port software-selectable controller area network (CAN) PXI interface serves asthe interface for applications. This module works well in applications requiring real-time, high-speedmanipulation of hundreds of CAN frames and signals, such as hardware-in-the-loop simulation, rapidcontrol prototyping, bus monitoring, automation control, and more. Good enough for the high speedand simultaneous requirement in this project.

The NI 4130 is used to provide power on the DUT. The source meter unit (SMU) is capable ofsourcing up to ±20V, 2A max with the auxiliary power supply. This is a shared power supply amongthe ten DUTs.

The NI GPIB-USB-HS transforms any computer with a USB port into a full-function, plug-and-playIEEE 488.2 controller for up to 14 programmable GPIB instruments. This converter was used tocontrol and monitor the Aerosmith Motion and Temperature Test Table controller by sending ATcommands coming from the main controller (NI PXI-8101).

And LabVIEW 2009 Professional Development as the programming language, it provides systemintegrator with the tools needed to create and deploy measurement and control systems through

unprecedented hardware integration. The unique graphical base environment of this language alsoeases the pain of memorizing text-based syntaxes and commands thus you are more concentrated inthe actual application development. And since all hardware are integrated in the compact chassis,integration of all the NI hardware is painless and straightforward.

Another useful tool which is very helpful while developing this project is the NI-XNET. Its platformcombines a series of high-performance CAN, LIN, and FlexRay interfaces with the NI-XNET API, acommon set of easy-to-use functions for reading and writing CAN, LIN, and FlexRay frames andsignals in many different platforms including PXI, PCI, NI CompactDAQ, and NI CompactRIO.NI-XNET interfaces bring together the performance associated with low-level microcontrollerprogramming and the speed and power of Windows and LabVIEW Real-Time OS development. This

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 256 of 318

API does the translation for you with the NI Database Editor where you previously created yourdatabase. On the other hand, NI Bus monitor is useful while on debugging stage.

With the lots of benefits of using the NI Products, We Engineers can now focus more on thedevelopment of the actual solution and application rather than creating from the scratch of low level

translation of raw signals. In view of the fact that built in API, libraries and drivers are available andwith the NI Community that can answer your query any time around the globe.

NI Products meet not just my objective but as well as in GIT mission that we strive to be the leader asan engineering-oriented systems integrator focusing on innovative customized test & measurementautomation & solutions.

Additional Materials

Figure 1

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 257 of 318

Figure 2

Figure 3

Author Information:Joey Niño N. AguilaGlobal Inventive Technologies International, Inc. PhilippinesBlock 6 Lot 3, Mayon Street corner Mountview Avenue,Mountview Industrial Complex, Bancal, Carmona, Cavite4116 PhillipinesEmail: [email protected]

http://www.fujimaster.com/



http://www.fujimaster.com/

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 258 of 318

Track Rail Vibration Monitoring, Measurement and Data-logging

SystemSegment: Industry

Country: Singapore

Author(s):Ken Ng

Products Used:NI CompactRIO cRIO NI-9025,NI-9113,

NI-9234 x 2,LabVIEW 2011,LabVIEW Real-Time,LabVIEW FPGALabVIEW Touch Panel Module,NI Touch Panel TPC-2212.Uninterruptible Power Supply

The Challenge: The challenge is to create a cost effective real-time monitoring, measurement and data-loggingsystem to detect and record vibrations from the track rail of our rail transport system.

The Solution: Using NI CompactRIO and Touch Panel hardware together with NI LabVIEW and the correspondingLabVIEW toolkits, combining with precision accelerometers, we are able to create a portable yetversatile monitoring, measurement and data- logging system for the customers’ requirements.

AbstractThe customer came to us with a requirement to build a real-time monitoring, measurement and data-logging system to measure the vibration levels from the track rail without causing disruptions to theirexisting systems and operations. The systems would need to withstand the harsh operatingenvironments as well as provide continuous recording capabilities. Hence, the NI’s cRIO platform and

industrial-grade Touch Panel Co mputer are adopted for their abilities to operate in the customer’srequired conditions and coupled together with precision accelerometers to continuously acquireaccurate vibration measurement data from the accelerometers.

The project began with the customer proposing to build a versatile and cost effective vibrationmonitoring, measurement and data-logging system that could be mounted on their vehicles units thatrun on the track rail. The customer indicated that they would be using precision accelerometers togather the measurements and approached us to build the system around these requirements ofversatility and portability. The customer also required the accelerometers to be mounted in a variety oflocations; and as such the system must be able to provide data from all three axis of the sensors,record them and be able to read the data back from file.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 259 of 318

The first step was to build the versatile and portable system hardware. The customer accepted theproposal to use NI’s rugged CompactRIO platform and m odules together with their industrial TouchPanel Computer (TPC); and it would be mounted onto an industrial grade mild-steel enclosure toensure the sturdiness under harsh operating conditions. An additional precautionary measure ofadding an Uninterrupt ible Power Supply (UPS) unit into the system’s enclosure was done to prevent

the system from going down due to an accidental loss of power during the course of systemoperation.

The picture of the completed system hardware enclosure is attached below.

Picture 1: System Hardware with CompactRIO chassis and controller mounted, together with othercomponents and accessories.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 260 of 318

Picture 2: System Hardware Enclosure view of TPC booted into Windows XP Embedded.

Picture 3: System Hardware Enclosure view with TPC HMI program interface launched.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 261 of 318

The software portion of the system was divided into 2 portions: namely the Real-Time software codeand the TPC Human Machine Interface (HMI) software code.

Real-Time software code

Program that is embedded on the cRIO NI-9025 controller that handles communication withTPC HMI and other interfacing hardware

Program also handles the acquisition of data from the NI-9234 modules which are connectedto the accelerometers

Program will provide real-time vibration monitoring and measurement capabilities with theuser-defined vibration detection threshold. Upon exceeding vibration threshold, the real-timeprogram code will send the data set which exceeded the user-defined threshold to the TPCHMI.

Program will also continuously record vibration measurements from all accelerometerchannels in the background and store on the NI-9025

Pictures of the Real-Time software portions of the system are attached below.

Picture 4: Front Panel of Real-Time code with debugging indicators only.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 262 of 318

Picture 5: Block Diagram of Real-Time code. (Portions blurred for IP purposes)

TPC HMI software code

Program that is embedded on the NI Touch Panel Computer that is used to provide theHuman Machine Interface to the user; allowing user to start/stop the measurement/data-logging operation, set the vibration threshold levels, data filename, etc.

Program provides a user interface for user to view the vibration data that is triggered basedon the threshold settings defined by the user and readings from the externally connectdevices.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 263 of 318

Pictures of the TPC HMI software portions of the system are attached below.

Picture 6: TPC HMI front panel for user interaction with system.

Picture 7: Block Diagram for TPC HMI code. (Portions blurred out for IP purposes)

System OperationThe Track Rail Vibration Monitoring, Measurement and Data-logging system is designed to beportable and hence the user could deploy the system in the train carriage on which the

accelerometers are m ounted on the wheels’ tacho of the specific carriage.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 264 of 318

Once all the hardware connections are established, the user will boot the system, launch the TPCHMI program interface and start his measurements. The system is completely independent from theoperations of the train; hence it would be able to operate as per normal while the user is collecting hismeasurement data on the desired portions of the track rail.

During the measurement process, the user will enter his ‘Start Station’ using the on -screen keyboardand set his desired vibration threshold levels for measurement and acquisition. Once he clicks on‘Start Logging’, the system will be automatically monitoring, measurement and data -logging thevibrations levels from the accelerometers; as well as di splaying and logging the Train’s distancetravelled and current speed. The system is designed to have the ability for the user to conductmultiple ‘Start/Stop’ vibration measurements or collect one large data file.

After data collection is completed, the user can use the USB port on the system to transfer all thecollected data for analysis.

A data analysis program allows the user to load and view the collected data files for analysis purpose.This program allows user to view the vibrations that were recorded throughout the journey withrespect to the distance travelled. Hence, the user would be able to identify the respective locations ofwhich there are high vibration values from the ‘Start Station’; and perform maintenance procedures totackle the vibration issues.

Pictures of the TPC HMI software portions of the system are attached below.

Picture 8: Front Panel of Vibration Measurement Analysis Program

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 265 of 318

Benefits of Vibration Monitoring, Measurement and Data-logging System

Versatile Operation and Portable Design Built-In Un-interruptible Power Supply System is completely independent of Train’s operation system, hence will not affect normal

train operation Rugged hardware for harsh environment operation Precision measurement sensors for accurate readings On the fly vibration level readings display and data-logging Post analysis software for in-depth analysis of vibration data recorded

Author Information:Ken NgKen Engineering and Consulting Pte Ltd10 Ubi Crescent, Lobby E#01-88 Ubi Techpark

Singapore 408564Email: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 266 of 318

Pneumatic Foodwaste Management System

Segment: Industry

Country: Singapore

Author(s):Jenson Chia, Project Director

Products Used:NI LabVIEW

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 267 of 318

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 269 of 318

Abstract:.4.2 DescriptionThe proposed project is to enable a total solution to foodwastemanagement. The project shall focus on the integration ofbioreactors and electricity generation and utilization systems to acustomized foodwaste pneumatic conveyance system forsegregated collection of four types of wastes from hawker centresand wet market.

(1) hawker-centre kitchen and table wastes,(2) wet-market meat and butchery wastes,(3) wet-market fish and sea-food wastes and(4) Vegetable and fruit wastes.

Figure 1 Foodwastes Pneumatic System for segregation andconveyance of four types of food wastes

The four types of foodwastes is then made available to waste-recycling collectors for specificpurposes and the rest is blended for anaerobic digestion. The resulting biogas is combusted toproduce electricity via a Sterling genset. Such engines are appreciably quieter than internal

combustion engines.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 271 of 318

or even destroy odour-producing microbes and even pathogens. The final output, on-site, is UVsanitized organic matters.

ObjectivesThe project objectives are:

1. To install Pneumatic Food-Waste Conveyance and Haulage Reduction system at the TownCouncil managed Food Centre to service Sixty (60) stalls as the initial 1st phase testing. (Bio-reactor on energy recovery in the 2nd Phase )

2. To perform a smooth operation of the facility to ensure adequate performance defines asfollows.a) 1 The fault-free conveyance from stalls to central site.b) 2 The dewatering capability exceeds that of the peak disposal rate.c) 3 The dewatered and fermenting food waste is smoothly transported.d) 4 The total reduction in mass is at least 90%.e) 5 Acoustic emission is less than 85 dB.f) 6 No noticeable odour is detected.g) 7 The residue produced is sanitized.

Methodology A vacuum pneumatic conveyance system shall be used to transport the waste from the food stalls.The innovative use of pneumatic conveyance minimizes the use of flush water, performs auto-cleaning and enables aeration of the transport channels. Negative pressure also assist in dewateringthe waste and keeping the air and volatile organic matters contained in the system to prevent theemission of food odour.

Dewatering reduces the mass of the waste significantly. Further mass reduction of the waste isenabled by microbiological fermentation using a combination of beneficial microbes that are entirelysafe and does not release unpleasant smell. The main purpose of fermentation is to suppress odourformation and to give physical properties suitable for extruding the waste into pellets or powderedforms. A final 90% to 95% mass reduction is expected.

The full-scale complete Pneumatic Foodwaste Management System will be designed, developed,fabricated and installed at the NEA / Town Council Hawker Centre during the upgrading period of theCentre. The food waste residue is UV sanitized, dehydrated and transported to farms for finalcomposting.

The operation of the conveyance and mass-reduction system shall be carried out to ensure long-termfaultless operation.

The pneumatic foodwaste management system will be capable of conveying at a speed of 10 m3 perhour to cope with the peak disposal periods. The dewatering system will have the capacity to filter out5 cubic metres of water per hour.

1. Study of the Installation SiteThe Food Centre will be investigated to plan and design for the laying of the piping system. This workshall be carried out after the upgrading work. The floor layout for the central system will be drawn andapproved by appropriate authority.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 272 of 318

2. Laying of PipesThe laying of the pipes will be done after the upgrading period lasting about 6 months. Sixty stallsshall be connected with the branched pipes to enable them to participate in the initial pilot operation.

A shared disposal station will be situated near the centralized collection or Cleaner washing site, adedicated room, about 30 metres from the hawker centre. All work must be done in coordination with

the upgrading work and compliance with building regulation.

3. Design and Build Design and Build of Pneumatic Food waste Management System to Town Council Food Centreinclude training for cleaning contractors and town council staff.

Author Information:Jenson ChiaEcovac Systems Pte Ltd

No: 30 Orange Grove Road RELC Hotel Building Unit #07-02Singapore 258352Email: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 275 of 318

Figure 40: Actual User Interface for one of the applications for the Multifunction Data AcquisitionSystem

Future DevelopmentThe future development of the system will involve adding in an encoder to enable the test techniciansto monitor the turns count of the valve as this is required for their testing. Eventually the existing motorwill be replaced and the new motor system will be controlled either using RS-485 with Modbus RTUwhich is compatible with NI LabVIEW.

Author Information:Ian Jon AlbertT2 Integrated Solutions Pte. Ltd.10 Kallang Sector,Data Dynamics BuildingSingapore 349280Email: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 278 of 318

Generator provides a wide range of signal frequencies as well as programmability of signal amplitude.

Multifunction IO measures voltage levels of various slow (or DC) signals, which are both single-endedand differential in nature. It also generates reference voltages for preamp power supplies and toperform IV-like measurements.

The two PCI DIO cards with 96 IOs each sit inside the host PC and provide digital control signals forthe tester (e.g., relay on/off, multiplexer select, etc.).

These standard NI modules are accompanied by two in-house developed cards, which are mainlyused for signal routing and buffering. These cards play the role of middle-man between NI modulesand the PCCA. The DIO signals are used for various controls for these cards. Interface Card providesDUT-tester signal connectivity, DUT power supplies, current sensing circuit and IV test capability.Head Load boards simulate read, write, heater and other heads where generic PCB with differentcombination of components provides different type of preamp head.

Figure 2 – Detailed Blocks of NGPCCAT

The Test SoftwareThe test software is targeted for Win32 platform on which the host system is based and developedusing LabVIEW 8.2. The host (test) software provides user interface at the upper level and hardwarecontrol at the lower. Drivers and low-level support VIs for various NI modules are as readily providedby NI.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 280 of 318

Manufacturing Plant Process E-monitoring and Reporting System

Segment: Industry

Country: Singapore

Author(s):Ken Ng

Products Used:NI CompactRIO cRIO NI-9075,NI-9207,NI-9211,LabVIEW 2011,LabVIEW Real-Time,LabVIEW FPGALabVIEW Professional Development System,

The Challenge: The challenge is to create a real-time e-monitoring and reporting system to monitor the status of themanufacturing plant processes and detect early signs of issues before it arises; and hence reduceoverall maintenance cost and improve output efficiency.

The Solution: Using NI CompactRIO and its family of modules for data acquisition from various sensors on the

existing plant systems, together with NI LabVIEW and LabVIEW toolkits, we created a software basedmanufacturing plant process e-monitoring and reporting system for the customer to enable analysison the manufacturing plant’s health using one singl e platform for all the information the customerrequires.

AbstractThe customer initially approached us to create a real-time control and monitoring solution for themanufacturing plant processes on top of their existing systems. The discussions were soon narrowedto an e-monitoring and reporting solution when the customer saw the benefits of the analysis featuresthat LabVIEW could help create. One other factor was that the costs of a replacement for theirexisting control systems were too high for the initial budget.

The CompactRIO hardware used in this system allow them to tap onto their existing process systemswithout interfering with normal operation; and able to withstand the harsh operating environments aswell as provide continuous monitoring capabilities.

The project implementation in this phase consists of monitoring various parameters from 8independent process systems. With the modularity of the CompactRIO and the LabVIEW Real-Timeplatform, this proved to be a cost-effective solution.

The project began with the customer had the initiative to build a monitoring and reporting system tocontrol and monitor the manufacturing processes in their plant. After further discussions, the customerdecided to adopt the CompactRIO platform to tap onto the sensors of exiting process systems as amore practical implementation for their budget. The focus soon turned into flexibility and versatility of

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 281 of 318

the software which allowed them to record all the data from their 8 independent manufacturingprocess systems continuously, 24 hours a day.

LabVIEW is used to handle all the necessary data acquisition from the CompactRIOs deployedaround the vast area of the plant; as well as handle all the monitoring and reporting features

requested by the customer. Below is an abstract of the list of features that is available in the software.

Feature set of the Manufacturing Plant Process E-monitoring and Reporting System

Main Interface Page for user to select different Sections’ of the plant Display of an overview summary for the independent process system parameters Ability to display 10-hour trend for the parameters of each selected process system Ability to have a programmatic Alarm Parameters configuration to monitor and trigger

software alarms for selected parameters to be monitored Alarm Display summary for user to alert user on the occurrence of the triggered alarm with a

start time; and resolved time. User have the ability to interact with the program to

‘Acknowledge’ this alarm, as well as type in ‘Remarks’ to indicate the actions taken. Reporting features that allows user to search for historic data, save them to excel, plot tograph, apply formulas, etc (certain features will be implemented in Phase 2)

There are numerous features that are not included above due to confidentiality reasons. The softwareallows the user to abstract the raw data file (in excel format) if he choose to view the data and doeshis report in excel.

Description of the software structure is coupled with illustrations below

Picture 1: Main Interface Page for user to select the Section of interest of the plant.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 282 of 318

Picture 2: Overview Summary of current parameter readings from the sensors for all plant processsystem of selected Section of the plant.

Due to the confidentiality reasons, the specific readouts and customized reporting displays for thevarious tabs of the above program front panel cannot be displayed. The above program will

continuously record the data from all sensors from the independent plant process systems andgenerate a customized display for user to analyze the health of the plant process.

Picture 3: Display of individual plant process system trend data of a 10-hour period.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 283 of 318

Picture 4: Customizable Alarm Configuration Settings for user to create scenarios where the programwill trigger an Alarm if the settings pass the pre-set threshold.

Picture 5: Alarm Error Page where the summary of all the triggered Alarms for independent plant process systems of the section is displayed.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 284 of 318

Picture 6: Alarm Report display where the details of the Alarm triggered will be displayed together witha 1-hour trend before and after the Alarm trigger point. User is also able to click on ‘Acknowledge’ toindicate that user is aware of the Alarm; as well as type in text in ‘Remarks’ to indicate the actionstaken or comments for the specific Alarm.

Picture 7: Raw data from the all the plant process systems of the specific section in excel format isrecorded and categorized in a daily format. User can create customized analysis from the files inexcel for specific presentations.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 285 of 318

System OverviewThe Manufacturing Plant Process E-monitoring and Reporting system is a 24-hour continuous system,collecting data from the various process systems around the plant from their various sensors.

The purpose is for the engineer to be able to look at the collected data and execute preventive

measures before malfunctions or failures happen to any of the parts or components within theprocess system. On top of this, the long term data analysis is to provide engineers data with long-termefficiency of their current production methods within their process systems; and develop newer, moreeffective and more efficient processes for their manufacturing plant.

Benefits of Manufacturing Plant Process E-monitoring and Reporting System Continuous and uninterrupted 24-hour data acquisition operation from sensors of existing

process systems Customized software layout but flexible architecture to implement for future sections of the

plant Customized Alarm Configuration and Alarm Reporting

Customized Data Reporting to suit custo mers’ requirements Data files accessible via Excel for easy post acquisition analysis

Author Information:Ken NgKen Engineering and Consulting Pte Ltd10 Ubi Crescent, Lobby E#01-88 Ubi TechparkSingapore 408564Email: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 286 of 318

Flowmeter Calibration System with Automated Reporting

Segment: Industry

Country: Singapore

Author(s):Ian Jon Albert

Products Used:NI LabVIEW 2010 Professional Development SystemNI cDAQ-9174NI cDAQ-9203

NI cDAQ-9217NI cDAQ-9472NI cDAQ-9401

The Challenge:Overhauling an existing calibration system with new data acquisition hardware and automating thereport generation procedure to improve time to completion of the calibration process.

The Solution:Development of Software and Hardware using NI LabVIEW 2010 PDS with the NI cDAQ equipmentand interfacing to Microsoft Excel 2010 to automatically generate the calibration report.

AbstractThe client uses a device known as a bell prover that is used to calibration that uses air as the test fluid.The existing software is a Microsoft DOS based program while the hardware is based on the ISA buswhich is obsolete. The existing process involves manually taking the readings from the test systemand entering them into Microsoft Excel to generate derived values and manually create a report fromthose derived values. The existing process is a time consuming process as the user would have to goback and for the between the equipment with the DOS based software and another machine to key inthe data into Microsoft Excel.

Hardware ChoiceBased on the users requirements, the NI CompactDAQ with 4 slot chassis would provide sufficientInputs and Outputs to control the Bell Prover. An additional Barometric Pressure instrument isconnected to the Desktop Computer using RS-232 Serial Connection. The NI-DAQmx drivers makeintegration with the NI CompactDAQ and the NI-VISA drivers to communicate with the RS-232instrument make it straightforward to communicate with the equipment.

Process Improvement by Automating Report GenerationThe existing method of manually reading the screen of the DOS based program and copying the datainto Microsoft Excel into another PC is a time consuming process. A process improvement can bedone by directly reading the data from the Data Acquisition Device and writing the data into MicrosoftExcel thus reducing the technicians ’ daily workload. LabVIEW 2010 has the ability to interface withthe Microsoft Excel ActiveX server interface enabling the raw and derived data to be inserted and

formatted in the Microsoft Excel Workbook.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 287 of 318

Mathematical Equations and Derived ReadingsIn order for the Process Improvement to occur for the new software, the new software would alsohave to allow the raw data that is collected to be processed via mathematical equations and thederived readings will then be displayed on the screen and also in the Microsoft Excel report. LabVIEW

with its powerful mathematical tools allows the mathematical equations to be implemented.

Development and DeploymentThe existing sensors and mechanical hardware was still in working condition and therefore wasreused. The development of the software was done based on the users requirements. The userfeedback was heavily employed in order to develop the software to ensure that the end user wouldhave maximum benefit from not just a solution that allows new hardware and software to be used butalso to improve their work process. The entire solution has been successfully deployed at the users.The figure below is how the new solution has improved the users process. Reduction in switchingback and for the between two different hardwares are eliminated and time is also saved by thetechnician being able to directly generate his report instead of having to switch between multipleapplications in the same computer.

User InterfaceThe User Interface is as the below figures that the technician must set up based on the type andspecification of the Device Under Test. Once the Measurement Setup is complete, the Bell Provermay be operated to begin recording data. An Example of data that is being collected is displayed inthe figure below.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 288 of 318

Future DevelopmentThe user has commissioned another similar system using different hardware due to the benefits seenfrom using LabVIEW. Having the real time derived data appear on screen allows the technician toaccelerate the calibration work as erroneous results can be discarded or the process repeated. Theautomatic report generation helps reduce the technicians’ workload and consolidates operation to asingle computer instead of the previous setup of having 2 separate machines.

Author Information:Ian Jon AlbertT2 Integrated Solutions Pte. Ltd.10 Kallang Sector,Data Dynamics BuildingSingapore 349280Email: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 289 of 318

Experimental System for Simulation of Ground Water Heat

Exchange SystemSegment: Industry

Country: Singapore

Author(s):Ian Jon Albert

Products Used:NI LabVIEW 2010 Professional Development System

NI cDAQ-9188NI cDAQ-9211NI cDAQ-9203NI cDAQ-9265NI cDAQ-9472NI cDAQ-9481

The Challenge:To provide a turnkey solution that allows the client to perform manual, automated control and semi-automated control of an Experimental Heat Exchange System

The Solution:Development of Software and Hardware using NI LabVIEW 2010 PDS with the NI cDAQ equipment.

AbstractThe client required a small scale experiment to be conducted in order to observe the effectiveness ofa heat exchange system that employs the use of cold water or room temperature water to observe theeffective of the thermal transfer. The hot water simulates the thermal heat load of the surrounding a.The concept of the experiment is where hot water is simulating a thermal load and the cold water orroom temperature water is used to provide the cooling medium via a heat exchanger. A fan at theheat exchanger is also provided as a means of forced cooling if required.

Hardware Choice

Based on the users ’ requirements, the NI CompactDAQ was chosen for this project. The externalequipment included the following:

Positional Valves Non Positional Valves Resistive Thermal Devices (RTD) Pumps Water Chiller Water Heater Cooling Fan Flowmeters

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 291 of 318

Figure 42: Initial Experimental Setup

Figure 43: Data Visualization Chart

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 293 of 318

Gate Flow RF Signal Processing for COMINT

Segment: Industry

Country: Singapore

Author(s): Aung Myo Tun, Principal Engineer

Products Used:NI FlexRIO FPGA ModuleNI FPGA Modules 2011LabVIEW Professional Development 2011LabVIEW Digital Filter Design Toolkit 2011

The Challenge:To develop a High Speed, High Channel-Count, Real-time Spectrum Monitoring andReconfigurable signal processing modules to handle Frequency Hopping and Multiple Emitterssignals concurrently with minimum hardware resources and cost.

The Solution:NI PXI FlexRIO module was selected as the hardware platform (as illustrated in Figure 1) for itsflexibility and high speed data synchronization capabilities. With the used of LabVIEW Digital FilterDesign Toolkits and Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) Module, we are able to develop thereconfigurable RF signal processing algorithms.

Figure 45: NI FPGA Modules

Abstract:Today, RF signal analyzer comes with larger real-time bandwidth to cover wider frequency range and

higher scanning speed. Proportionally, there is a surge of data amount to be handled by the signalprocessing units. Therefore, more powerful and efficient signal processing modules of the RF signalanalyzer need to be designed. With the NI-FlexRIO FPGA technologies and its peer-to-peerstreaming capabilities, ST Kinetics has developed a reconfigurable RF Spectrum Monitoring andMultichannel, Selectable-band Processing Module.

ConfigurationsThe processing module which has peer-to-peer streaming capability can be used with either NI RadioFrequency Signal Analyzer (RFSA) Devices or Digitizers. The system can be configured with one ormore processing modules. Each processing module can be configured to do spectrum scanning,spectrum monitoring, wideband or narrowband processing.

Spectrum Processing

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 294 of 318

The spectrum processing firmware includes user configurable window, selectable FFT size, selectionoption of spectrum averaging method and unit conversion blocks.

Configurable window allows user to select the appropriate window depending on their operationalneed and requirement. The software architecture is designed to enable customized window to be

uploaded into the firmware.

Selectable FFT size allows user to select the required frequency resolution (1024, 2048 or 4096) andspeed of update. Option of spectrum averaging is either as moving average or peak hold.

Spectrum processing also includes masking of signal and detection which allows real-time detectionof transmitting signal. Deployment of FFT processing onto the FPGA-based signal processingmodules relieves the system controller from the computing resource-intensive task. User-definedmask can also be loaded into the system. Figure 2 shows the typical FFT detection and processingblock configuration.

Figure 2: Typical FFT Detection Processing Block Configuration

With the implementation of the processing technologies on the FPGA module, end users cansupplement this card into their system. This subsequently enables the monitoring of hopping signalsas high as 1000 hops per second. Using RF list mode of NI RFSA, full range spectrum scanning canbe accomplished within 200msec. All the necessary signal processing is done on the FPGA on-the-flyand the system controller's resources will be freed up.

Narrowband ProcessingNarrowband Processing allows users to listen, record and decode multiple emitters simultaneously.Combining with the multiple front-end RF wideband receivers, we can deliver a directional finding

system for multiple emitters transmitting signal simultaneously. The bandwidth of each narrowbandchannel can be selected by the users from 100Hz to 2MHz.

Two types of implementation are used in narrow-band processing, namely Independent ChannelArrangement and Channel Bank Arrangement . In Independent Channel Arrangement, eachchannel has its own processing blocks and has different setting of center frequency and bandwidth.In Channel Bank Arrangement, there are multiple channels in each bank and they shared the sameprocessing block in a multiplex manner. The channels in a single bank can have different centerfrequency but with the same bandwidth.

Each narrowband processing block includes numerical oscillator, digital mixer, CIC filter and FIRfilters. The tuning resolution is less than 0.01Hz and the bandwidth can be selected as thedecimation factor of 32 to 32768 steps by 8. The filter rejection ratio is greater than 80dB out of band

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 295 of 318

and 0.1dB in band ripple. The data can be selected as 16, 24 or 32bits. Oversampling options canbe selected as 1, 2, 4 or 8. Figure 3 shows the typical DDC configuration.

Narrow-band processing module can be configured as1. 6 independent channels arrangement with spectrum monitoring

2. 16 independent channels arrangement3. Up to 128 channels in bank arrangement4. Up to 2176 channels per chassis

Figure 3: Typical DDC Configuration

NI FlexRIO module was selected as the hardware platform for its flexibility and high speed datasynchronization capabilities. With the used of LabVIEW Digital Filter Design Toolkits and FieldProgrammable Gate Array (FPGA) Module, we are able to develop the reconfigurable RF signal

processing algorithms.

ConclusionWith the conception of ST Kinetics’ intelligence algorithm in RF signal processing, latched onto thePXI FlexRIO FPGA technology and LabVIEW graphical programming development system fromNational Instruments, a sophisticated and highly-configurable RF signal processing module issuccessfully developed.

Author Information: Aung Myo TunSingapore Technologies Kinetics Limited15 Chin Bee Drive

Singapore 619863Email: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 296 of 318

High Speed Multi-Sampling Multi-Channel Recorder Solution

Segment: Industry

Country: Singapore

Author(s):Chung Li Hua, Engineer

Products Used:18-Slot 3U PXIe Express chassis3 TB External RAID EnclosurePXI Express ControllersPXI Digitizer modulePXI RF Signal Generator moduleCustomised Clock SplitterLabVIEW Professional Development 2010

The Challenge:In a signal acquisition and recording application that requires multi-sampling from multiple channels, ahigh-performance recorder is needed to deliver a high system bandwidth while preserving dataintegrity.

The Solution:

Riding on the enabling technology of PXI Express platform, a High Speed Multi-Sampling, Multi-Channel Recorder Solution (HSMMR) is architected (as shown in Figured 1) to deliver a datastreaming and recording solution of high reliability and performance, up to 1 GB/s per-slot dedicatedbandwidth and 4 GB/s system bandwidth.

Figure 1: System Architecture

Abstract:The HSMMR delivers the functionalities to digitise, analyze and playback the acquired signals. Thesystem also records all acquired signals and analyzed data into the RAID (redundant array of

independent disks) for further post-processing. The system is designed with emphasis on

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 297 of 318

customizable system setting, intuitive user interface and data reliability.

System HardwareThe HSMMR deployed onto PXI express embedded controller which manages the data flow from thedigitisers and performs data processing.

4 channels of digitisers with lower sampling (100MS/s) and 2 channels of high speed (2GS/s)digitisers make up the main instrumentation of this system. Multiple digitizers with different samplingcapability enable the system to be configured for different sampling requirements.

Subsequently, using the pre-configured sampling rate, the system digitises and streams the data intothe 3TB RAID storage via the NI 8262 MXI interface module. RAID storage solution from NationalInstruments provides high storage capacity and high reliability through data redundancy by design.

The RF Signal Generator provides a reference clock to synchronise the processing of HSMMR.

System SoftwareThe system is designed to include user-configurable recorder settings as shown in Figure 2. This willenable users to obtain the customizable recording results.

Figure 2: User interface and configurable settings of HSMMR

User interface of the playback application (Figure 3) is designed to allow user to jump to differentsegment of the data, change the playback rate and the run the selected customised algorithm.

Figure 3: Signal plots of HSMMR

HSMMR application software was developed using LabVIEW Professional Development 2010. Themain application of HSMMR is deployed onto the local storage of the PXI express embeddedcontroller while the resultant data is streamed and recorded onto the supplementary 3TB RAID

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 298 of 318

storage.

The application software is designed to perform playback and recording of arbitrarily any analoguesignals. Both of the channel playback and channel recorder are included in one single system.

The application user interface is designed to be capable of displaying all signals in a single plot. Ontop of that, the high-light features as listed below are implemented to give an intuitive user interface: Ability to select any of the inputs for display Ability to Start/Pause/Stop recording of signals Ability to change the time base, mark the channels for Amplitude and Time difference

measurement

In addition, the application is also implemented to give a software environment which is easily-accessible to the users to set up the configurations for digitisers and recording settings.

1. For digitisers setting,a. Set the full scale rangeb. Change to a new scale range using the scaling factor

2. For recording setting,a. Determine the start and stop methodb. Perform triggering settings such as source, level & typec. Specify an include filed. Select the file location

One of the highlight of the recording application is the Trigger & Segments function. This functionallows the users to start recording from a predefined segment when the signal reached a specifiedthreshold.

The user is able to configure the Mode (Segmented or Continuous) for the Trigger & Segmentsfunction. In the segmented mode, user is able to configure various parameters such as the Triggersource, Trigger slope, Trigger coupling, Trigger level (mV), Rearm holdoff (µs), Pretrigger size (µs)and Posttrigger size (µs). In the continuous mode, the user is not required to configure anyparameters.

The Trigger & Segments function gives the flexibility to the user to select the length of recording in therange of 1µs-100ms.

The playback application will allow user to load and playback the recorded file. The recorded data willbe displayed on an amplitude-time graph. The application software is also able to perform the

following,1. Jump to any data segment2. Change the playback rate3. Run the selected analysis algorithm4. Display the included file and header information details

Additionally, the software is implemented with a control function which allows simultaneous playbackand recording of the signal. The system is designed to be capable to display the signal waveform inreal time while continuously performing data acquisition and recording.

Conclusion

With the conception of ST Kinetics’ intelligence algorithm, latched onto the PXI Express platform

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 299 of 318

complete with RAID data recording capability and LabVIEW Development Software from NationalInstruments, a highly-scalable HSMMR solution was designed, architected and developed.

The resultant system is an epitome of efficient and customizable Virtual Instrument solution for ourcustomer. The short turn-around time leading to the successful deployment of this sophisticated

HSMMR solution also reaffirms National Instruments’ excellence in providing a powerful platform forefficient development.

Author Information:Chung Li HuaSingapore Technologies Kinetics Limited15 Chin Bee DriveSingapore 619863Email: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 300 of 318

Second Harmonic Generation and Two Photon Microscopy System

for Accurate Diagnosis of Fibrosis, Cancer and Chronic DiseasesSegment: Industry

Country: Singapore

Author(s):Victor Leong, Software Engineer

Products Used:NI PCIe-6361

LabVIEW™ 2010 Professional Development Version

The Challenge:To develop a commercial laser-based microscope to acquire non-linear images of non-stained biopsysamples. The main difficulty is in achieving tight, consistent synchronization between the dataacquisition module and the galvanometer scanner in order to produce accurate, distortion-free images.The user interface should be computer-based, user-friendly and simple to operate.

The Solution: The NI Data Acq uisi t io n (DAQ) card is chosen to be the core component in the system. Thanks to itsmulti-function capabilities, the DAQ card performs several important functions in one small package:

Achieve retriggerable synchronization with the galvanometer scanner, adjust imaging sensitivitysettings, and control electro-mechanical interfaces. In terms of software, NI LabVIEW is used tocreate the user interface for this application, and to realize the instrumentation and control of the cardand all other hardware. This is the first instance where LabVIEW is used to control an ultrafast fiberlaser in a commercial microscope system.

AbstractCollagen deposits in organ tissues change during the progression of fibrosis, cancer and otherchronic diseases. HistoIndex has developed a laser-based microscope system, the Genesis , toacquire Second Harmonic Generation (SHG) and Two-photon Excitation Fluorescence (TPEF)images from tissue samples. These images are then processed by an in-house morphology-basedanalysis software 19 to quantify the collagen amount and other statistics. This offers highly accurate

results for diagnosis and treatment efficacy evaluation for many fibrosis-related diseases and cancer,compared to current human-based histology methods. The Genesis and its analysis software presenta disruptive innovation to the histopathology field, and promises tremendous potential to doctors,clinicians and researchers.

The Genesis contains an ultrafast fiber laser, microscope objectives, and all other requiredcomponents in a single box package. This is a major difference from the multi-box setups that majormicroscope vendors currently provide for similar microscopy types. The user control is computer (PC)based, in which a NI DAQ card plays an instrumental role in the core imaging process. The user

19 DCS Tai, N Tan, S Xu, CH Kang, SM Chia, ACL Wee, CL Wei, AM Raja, GF Xiao, S Chang, JC Rajapakse, PTC So, HH

Tang, CS Chen, H Yu, “Fibro -C-Index: comprehensive, morphology-based quantification of liver fibrosis using second harmonicgeneration and two- photon microscopy”, J. Biomed. Opt . 14 (4), 044013 (2009)

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 302 of 318

A set of laser safety shutters, controlled by the digital output lines on the PCIe-6361 preventstechnical staff from being exposed to the laser by accident during maintenance, as well as preventsthe tissue sample from heating up unnecessarily when not scanning.

The deflected laser beam is illuminated onto the tissue sample after passing through a microscopeobjective lens. The SHG and TPEF signals produced are collimated by a condenser lens, beforebeing collected by a pair of PMT sensors. These signals are translated into analog voltages which areacquired by the PCIe-6361 , and converted into an image display onto the user interface.

Synchronization between the PCIe-6361 and the galvanometer scanner is crucial in this process. Foreach line scanned, the galvanom eter scanner will send a “line” trigger via a digital input line to thePCIe-6361 . The PCIe-6361 will perform a finite retriggered acquisition to collect a line’s worth of datapoints each time. The “line” trigger ensures the galvanometer scanner mirrors are correctly positionedin the frame when the analog input acquisition begins, thus ensuring a distortion free, accurate image.

Overview of System ControlThe interfacing of the PC and the other system components are shown in Figure 3 below.

Figure 3. An overview of the control interfaces in the system. The “Core System Setup” blockrepresents the components in Figure 1 previously, which interfaces to the PCIe-6361. That aside, theother main interface is the Universal Serial Bus (USB). The serial port (RS232) is also used to controlthe motor stages.

The instrument control is PC-based. From the core system setup, the laser and galvanometer areinterfaced via USB. The system also contains a set of optical cameras which are used to provide analternate white light channel, similar to a conventional white light microscope. Another camera is usedto capture an overall image of the tissue sample for the user to navigate from the user interface.

There are multiple motor stages in the system. These are interfaced via USB and serial RS232. Thestages allow the user to navigate around the sample and perform focusing. Various microscopeobjectives are mounted on another stage, to let the user switch magnification if required.

Most of these third party hardware components have LabVIEW native drivers, or C/C++ dynamiclinked libraries (DLLs), which made integration into the LabVIEW code pretty straightforward.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 303 of 318

User InterfaceThe user interface consists of two screens. The first is the Settings Screen, where the user is able toaccess various controls and features, such as sample loading, scanning and adjusting imageacquisition settings. The other screen is the Display Screen, where the images are put on screen forviewing. Visualization controls are available for the user as well. Two monitors are utilized to host this

user interface. Figures 4 and 5 show the screenshots for the user interface.

Figure 4. Screenshot of the Settings Screen. Users can click on any point on the tissue sample tonavigate. Users can adjust settings for image acquisition, positioning and scan modes by using thevarious controls.

Figure 5. Screenshot of the Display Screen. The SHG and TPEF images are displayed on the left andright in green and red respectively. The tissue being imaged is a liver sample. The controls beloweach image modify the visualization settings.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 304 of 318

The data collection process begins with the user launching a routine to load a tissue sample. The usercan then navigate to the region of interest on the sample using mouse-clicks on the Settings Screen.

A quick scan is used to inspect the tissue at this location. The user can move to neighboring regionsduring the quick scan if required.

Figure 6. A stitched image of dimension 5 tiles x 5 tiles, which had been acquired via a Multi-Tile scanmode. Green regions denote SHG (collagen distribution), while red regions denote TPEF (cells). TheSHG and TPEF channels are overlaid to present this image.

Once the location is confirmed, the user can select an advanced scan mode. Typically, the area ofinterest is many times larger than the extent of a single image, or “tile”. In this case, the user will use a“Multi-Tile” scan mode to scan multiple tiles in one go. These images, or “tiles”, are then stitchedtogether in software and analyzed. Figure 6 shows an example of a Multi-Tile scan that has beenstitched together. This image is then processed by HistoIndex’s in -house quantification software tocalculate morphological features and other statistics to deliver accurate scoring results.

The entire Genesis system setup can be seen in Figure 7 below. This is one of the systems deployedat one of HistoIndex’s international trial partner’s site.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 305 of 318

Figure 7. The Genesis system situated onsite at a trial partner laboratory. The white, red and darkgrey machine is the Genesis system, which is controlled by a computer sitting behind the twomonitors. The two user interfaces screens are displayed on the two monitors.

ConclusionThe NI DAQ is a reliable and proven platform that integrates seamlessly with NI LabVIEW software.Coupled with NI LabVIEW graphical programming approach, wide array of built-in functions and thirdparty instrument support, this has allowed HistoIndex to develop the Genesis system in only fivemonths with two engineering staff. The increased productivity and reduced time-to-market is vital,

especially to a startup company like HistoIndex.

At the time of writing, the Genesis system has been deployed to HistoIndex’s trial partners for six tonine months. During this period, several iterations of user reviews were conducted to get theiropinions on the system and software, which was used to improve the next version. Feedback fromusers was very positive, indicating that the user interface was easy to use. The users were able tooperate independently after one to two days of training.

Author Information:Victor LeongHistoIndex Pte LtdSingapore PolytechnicSchool of Chemical and Life Sciences500 Dover Road T11A Level 4Singapore 139651Email: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 306 of 318

Particle Board Quality Control Using Parallel Processing of NISmart Cameras

Segment: Industry

Country: Thailand

Author(s):Sarapong Kaney, Assistance Plant ManagerOrachun Bunthong, Electrical Engineer

Products Used:3 units of NI Smart Camera 1762

NI Smart Camera I/O AccessoriesComputer Lens 8 mm, F1.4NI Vision Builder AI 2011

The Challenge:Working environment near the particle board manufacturing machine is full of dust and chemicalsubstance, which could lead to a serious unhealthy condition for the operators who operated withoutproper protective mask and glass. Human inspection is also one of the biggest sources of errors in theindustry.

The Solution:

A special room has been designed and constructed to cover a part of the existing particle boardmanufacturing machine and 3 units of NI Smart Cameras 1762 have been installed inside to processeach region in parallel instead of human; special algorithms have been designed and tested to becompletely integrated with our green factory environment.

AbstractThis paper describes the idea for multiple units of NI Smart Cam era 1762 integration with the existingparticle board manufacturing machine to perform the on-line parallel image processing on very largeparticle boards (2510 mm x 7430 mm) running on the roller to improve the green environment in themanufacturing plant and perform automated inspection system. Within 3 months of hardwareinstallation and software development, as a result, we are able to run this complete automated systemat 100% detection for 24 hours a day and 7 days a week without the need of an operator.

IntroductionMachine vision technology has been proven itself in many industrial sections such as electronics,medicine, automotive parts and etc. But all of those products are small in size, since our finishedproducts are very large and needed to be identified for the defected position individually.

System Overview At SIAM RISO WOOD PRODUCTS CO., LTD., there are 10,000 units of particle boardsmanufactured and they need to be inspected everyday by operators using human inspection which isone of the biggest sources of errors. Even the most well trained operators are also prone to boredomespecially when they are usually not needed for normal operation, and panic by the occurrence of an

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 307 of 318

unusual situation. Working environment near manufacturing machine is also full of dust and chemicalsubstance, which could seriously harm the health of operators without proper protection.

The idea came to the replacement of human inspection by machine vision technology. We started bysourcing the proper technology that would be flexible enough for our particle board manufacturing

machine as the large size of the machine and noisy environment for image processing that need toperform totally correct of judgment. We have narrowed down the solutions to compare betweenNational Instruments’ system and other brands where many of them are good in image processingsolutions. But we have found the advantages that the NI Smart Camera is more flexible to performthe easy integration into our existing system and the software Vis ion Bui lder AI is a flexibleconfiguration based software that we can combine multiple algorithms together with triggeringmechanism and external control. Together with the excellent support from National Instruments(Thailand) Co., Ltd., we have then successfully modified the existing particle board manufacturingmachine that doesn’t contain machine vision technology, KVAERNER Panel Systems GmbH fromGermany by the installation for 3 units of NI Smart Cam era 1762 at the surface polish process whichis the last process of the machine; each NI Smart Camera covers approximately 1000 mm wide ofthe particle board interception to each other in the area of 2510 mm x 7430 mm (width x length) andperform parallel processing to identify defects on each area independently. The system modificationsare shown as in Figure 1.

Figure 1: (a) 3 units of NI Smart Camera 1762 are installed in the constructed room(b) Manufacturing process and manufactured particle board on rollers

Three units of NI Smart Camera 1762 perform the defect detection in parallel, perform logicoperations and send the output to control the gate to extract the good and defect products to differentcarton. The system diagram is shown as in Figure 2.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 308 of 318

Figure 2: System diagram

Multiple algorithms have been tested earlier to ensure that they are the correct solutions for the defectdetection. The software design started from State Diagram feature which we define sequentialmechanism and perform multiple cases selection to ensure that all the transition to jump betweeneach states are correct. And we have then created the input steps in the configuration interface for thedefect detection that has been tested earlier. The software configurations are as shown in Figure 3.

Figure 3: (a) Finalized Inspection State Diagram design(b) Configuration Interface steps in Vision Builder AI 2011

Digital outputs from every NI Smart Cameras are connected to our customized circuit to interfacewith the existing controller, S7 PLC from Siemens to summarize all the logic operations to senddetermine the control output for the decision to reject or to accept the finished products. Local AreaNetwork of all NI Smart Cameras have been integrated together with the existing factory networkwhich all the authorized managers can easily log in to see the result on daily basis.

Our developed system is also able to display the lot number, yield percentage and quality controlresult for the operator as shown in figure 4 that used the user-friendly Inspect io n Interface fromVision B uilder AI 2011 , defected product images are also logged in the network drive running FTPserver together with the statistic data for further process analysis.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 309 of 318

Figure 4: Inspection Interface for the operators

ConclusionThe system has been developed within 3 months including hardware installation and softwaredevelopment; as a result, we are able to run this complete automated system 24 hours a day and 7days a week without the need of an operator. Advantages that have been obviously seen after 3 unitsof NI Smart Camera integration to the existing system are listed as below.● None from the operation team has encountered to an accident or health issue after we have

replaced human inspection with machine inspection.● 150,000 THB is saved from the labor overtime cost in H1 2012.● No transportation cost occurred from returned products anymore.● Quality control error has been improved from 85% to 100%.

This successfully shows that NI Smart Camera is perfectly customizable to different workingenvironment and is able to deliver different goals; altogether, we were able to develop the complexsystem in such a short time.

Future Plans

Collect the data for the second half of 2012 and perform the year-on-year comparison to apply NIVisions on the other particle board manufacturing machine in the whole factory.

Author Information:Sarapong KaneySiam Riso Wood Products Co. Ltd.39/9 Moo 3,Tumbol Phunphin, Amphur Phunphin,Sarattani,Thailand 84130Email: [email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 310 of 318

Paper less: Machine’s Data Transfer (MDT)

Segment: Industry

Country: Thailand

Author(s):Pakkawat Opbama

Products UsedLabVIEW ProfessionalDatabase Connectivity ToolkitNI GPIB

Challenge: According to the assembly process, the electronics product characteristic is checked by electricalcharacterization machine. There are many data required to be recorded from QA and customers.Some data are kept in machine log file; some data are raw, and needed to be calculated by operatorsbefore recording. Normally operators will record those data into database by entering to computerprovided by IT section.

Operators spend 15 minutes per lot for log file opening, system log-in and database entering. According to QA report, we found that in every month, there are 20-25% incorrect data caused byhuman error. Based on the company policy, we would like to improve the process efficiency under the

concept “Simple, small and speedy” .

As a result, we tried to reduce workload of operators and human error in process data recordingfunction. After process environment consideration, we found many conditions such as:

Data are various and some need to be calculated before recording Data incorrection caused by human error Product model uses 2 inspection machines for operation and we do not know which

machine the operator will use

It is clear that LabVIEW can solve all problems and help us to get the data from machine directlywhich are the main purpose of the project initiative.

Solution:This project can reduce recording time from 6.25% to 0.8% of working time per day. Throughputsincrease 8X in a time, and data in-correction or human error goes down to 0% within 2 months ofimplementation. We are able to save around 59,780 THB for the counter hardware. At the end, theprogram is established in LabVIEW which provides the 100% output of data record correction, usedfor data analysis. Within an hour, it can reduce 95% of working time.

Concept:The improvement approach by the use of “LabVIEW 2010 SP1 Development Suite” can track therecord data from machine equipped with GPIB link, after the inspection finished. Lot number

information was sent to server, at the same time, LabVIEW was programmed to update the status and

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 312 of 318

Figure2. Database Table for backup data from machines

Part Two: Alert Massage and Control Monitor from User

In LabVIEW front panel, it shows the status of data that is necessary for workers such as consumptionlifetime, that program used to calculate production model.

Figure3. Control panel with user control

Figure4. Alert massage when consumption reach control limit

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 313 of 318

Display will show on the machine monitor to notify the workers when consumption is reaching thecontrol limit. It is convenient for workers and foolproof the human error problem in case of the dataentering mistake.

Part Three: Data Analysis

Important data are necessary for engineers. To analyze, LabVIEW was programmed to get raw datato analyze and summarize. The work in process (WIP) status will show in visual graph. It is ready touse for monitoring and other improvement activities.

Figure5. Control panel for data analysis

Normally for the data analysis, if there is a problem from manufacturing compile, the reliability analysisof data will take 3 days or 24 hours working time, but now it can be reduced to 1 hours.

Author Information:Pakkawat ObpamaEpson Toyocom (Thailand) Co.,ltd239-239/1 Moo 7, Gateway City Industrial Estate,T. Huasamrong, A. Pleang Yao, ChachoengsaoEmail:[email protected]

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 315 of 318

Figure 1: Component of Cold warehouse

Besides, it also has an electric protection system and an over gas pressure system for this.The display screen needs to have some parameters below:

The current temperature of the warehouse The inlet Fan coil’s temperature. The outlet Fan coil’s temperature The temperature of the gas before going into the throttle valve The setting temperature The current parameter

The voltage parameter The inhaling gas pressure The exhaling gas pressure The real working status The alarming for accident Defrosting

The necessary controlling buttons: there are four user interface buttons to operate this systembelow:

RUN STOP DEFOROST SET TEMP

NI 9211 DAQ: To acquire the temperature parameters inside the cold warehouse as well as thetemperature of the air and gas then sending them to the LabVIEW computer. There are fourparameters need to measure with NI 9211.

Temperature’s Cold Room Temperature’s Air Return Temperature’s Air Supply Temperature ’s Gas before Expand Valve

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 316 of 318

NI USB 6009 DAQ: To acquire the current, voltage and gas pressure parameters. The reason why wehave to measure these parameters is that it is very important for us to control the temperature insidethe cold warehouse to make sure it is as cold as the preset temperature that we already set up at thefirst time. It helps us make an adjustment immediately whenever we get a too much changingdifference of the temperature. We can also call these parameters are the feedback signal to control

this system. And in here, we totally have four parameters need to be acquired during the workingperiod time of controlling and supervising the cold room or cold warehouse.● Current’s Compressor● Voltage’s Power supply● Pressure Gas Discharge● Pressure Gas Return

NI USB 6009 DO: To send a control signal to the peripheral such as: Fan Coil, Compressor, Defrostand Alarm. These temperature parameters receiving from NI 9211after going to LabVIEW for someanalyzing steps the system will send the control signal to these peripherals above throughout NI 6009digital output in order to make adjustment immediately when getting the too much changing differenceof the temperature that we received.

Security Alarm System: This function helps us receive the alarm via telephone. There are somepreset messages that come out together with each alarm signal to the mobile phone user. Forexample, we build the array for this alarm signal and messages as the table below:

Alarm option Message content1 Over temperature need to be adjusted immediately2 Low temperature need to be adjusted immediately

LabVIEW 2011: with LabVIEW we design a visual interface to indicate all parameters we measuringduring the operation time. These are included:

Indicator parameter Logging parameter Proceed Signal Out control to USB 6009 & Security alarm system

TEAMVIEWER: This function helps us can remote controlling or monitoring full visual interface ofcontrol panel in LabVIEW by using Teamviewer program. Thus, we can easily control this system viainternet connection.

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa



Page 317 of 318

Figure 2: The diagram of controlling cold warehouse system

Figure 3: Control Panel in LabVIEW

8/11/2019 2012 Asean Gsdaa


Documents

2012 Asean Gsdaa